[6-K] NatWest Group plc American Current Report (Foreign Issuer)
Filing Impact
Filing Sentiment
Form Type
6-K
|
|
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 6-K
REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR
15d-16
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
July, 2025
Commission File Number 001-10306
NatWest Group plc
250 Bishopsgate,
London, EC2M 4AA
United Kingdom
(Address
of principal executive offices)
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual
reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.
|
|
Form 20-F ☒
|
|
Form 40-F ☐
|
|
|
|
The
following information was issued as Company announcements in
London, England and is furnished pursuant to General Instruction B
to the General Instructions to Form 6-K:
|
|
Inside this report
|
Business performance summary
|
|
|
2
|
H1 2025 performance summary
|
|
3
|
Performance key metrics and ratios
|
|
5
|
Chief Financial Officer's review
|
|
7
|
Retail Banking
|
|
8
|
Private Banking & Wealth Management
|
|
9
|
Commercial & Institutional
|
|
10
|
Central items & other
|
|
11
|
Segment performance
|
|
|
|
|
Risk and capital management
|
|
|
16
|
Credit risk
|
|
16
|
Economic loss drivers
|
|
20
|
Governance and post model adjustments
|
|
22
|
Measurement uncertainty and ECLsensitivity analysis
|
|
24
|
Measurement uncertainty and ECLadequacy
|
|
25
|
Credit risk - Banking activities
|
|
25
|
Financial instruments within the scope of theIFRS 9 ECL
framework
|
|
26
|
Segment analysis - portfolio summary
|
|
28
|
Segmental loans and impairment metrics
|
|
29
|
Sector analysis - portfolio summary
|
|
34
|
Non-Personal forbearance
|
|
36
|
Personal portfolio
|
|
39
|
Commercial real estate
|
|
40
|
Flow statements
|
|
Risk and capital management continued
|
|
|
47
|
Stage 2 decomposition by a significantincrease in credit risk
trigger
|
|
49
|
Asset quality
|
|
53
|
Credit risk - Trading activities
|
|
56
|
Capital, liquidity and funding risk
|
|
67
|
Non-traded market risk
|
|
71
|
Traded market risk
|
|
71
|
Pension risk
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statements and notes
|
|
|
72
|
Condensed consolidated income statement
|
|
73
|
Condensed consolidated statement ofcomprehensive
income
|
|
74
|
Condensed consolidated balance sheet
|
|
75
|
Condensed consolidated statement ofchanges in equity
|
|
77
|
Condensed consolidated cash flow statement
|
|
78
|
Presentation of condensed consolidatedfinancial
statements
|
|
78
|
Net interest income
|
|
79
|
Non-interest income
|
|
80
|
Operating expenses
|
|
81
|
Segmental analysis
|
|
84
|
Tax
|
|
85
|
Financial instruments - classification
|
|
87
|
Financial instruments - valuation
|
|
Financial statements and notes continued
|
|
|
92
|
Trading assets and liabilities
|
|
93
|
Loan impairment provisions
|
|
94
|
Provisions for liabilities and charges
|
|
94
|
Dividends
|
|
94
|
Contingent liabilities and commitments
|
|
95
|
Litigation and regulatory matters
|
|
101
|
Related party transactions
|
|
101
|
Post balance sheet events
|
|
101
|
Date of approval
|
|
102
|
Auditor's independent review report to NatWest Group plcGroup
plc
|
|
|
|
|
Additional information
|
|
|
103
|
NatWest Group plc summary risk factors
|
|
105
|
Statement of directors' responsibilities
|
|
106
|
Presentation of information
|
|
106
|
Statutory accounts
|
|
106
|
Forward-looking statements
|
|
107
|
Share information and contacts
|
|
108
|
Appendix
|
|
108
|
Non-IFRS financial measures
|
|
113
|
Performance measures not definedunder IFRS
|
H1 2025 performance summary
Chief Executive, Paul Thwaite, commented:
"NatWest Group's strong performance in the first half of the year
reflects our consistent support for our customers and, in turn,
delivery for our shareholders. We have today upgraded our income
and returns guidance for 2025, as well as announcing a 9.5p interim
dividend and a £750 million share buyback.
The role we play as a trusted partner to over 20 million customers
is fundamental to our strategy and we continue to focus on helping
them achieve their ambitions, with lending, deposits and assets
under management once again increasing in H1 2025. With positive
momentum in our business, we are ambitious for the future and see
clear opportunities for further disciplined growth. This is
complemented by our focus on bank-wide simplification, as we
quietly revolutionise how we operate, enhancing our tech and AI
capabilities in order to better meet and anticipate the evolving
needs of our customers.
Having returned to full private ownership in Q2 2025, NatWest Group
is well placed to step up and play its part in supporting economic
growth across the UK and, in doing so, to create sustainable value
for all our stakeholders."
H1 2025 performance
We have delivered a strong H1 2025 performance with continued
balance sheet growth, an attributable profit of £2.5 billion,
with earnings per share of 30.9 pence, up 28% on prior year, a
Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE) of 18.1% and a cost:income ratio
(excl. litigation and conduct) of 48.8%, compared with 55.5% in the
prior year.
This drove strong capital generation pre-distributions of 101 basis
points which allows us to announce an interim dividend of 9.5 pence
per share, 58% higher than the prior year, and we intend to
commence a share buyback programme of £750 million in the
second half of 2025.
-
We
continue to be disciplined in our approach to growth, deploying
capital where returns are attractive. We are pleased to have added
1.1 million new customers in the first half of 2025, both
organically and through the Sainsbury's Bank transaction which
completed on 1 May 2025. In the first half of 2025 we delivered
broad-based balance sheet growth, with net loans to customers
excluding central items up by £11.6 billion, including
£2.2 billion of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank as we
added scale to our unsecured business. Customer deposits excluding
central items increased by £4.5 billion, including £2.4
billion of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank.
-
We
are making good progress on becoming a simpler bank, delivering
efficiencies from our investment programmes as seen in the 6.7
percentage point improvement in our cost:income (excl. litigation
and conduct) ratio, compared with the prior year. We are digitising
more customer journeys and deploying AI to improve our productivity
and customer experience which is reflected in our improved NPS
scores across all three businesses. We announced new collaborations
with OpenAI, AWS and Accenture to accelerate our data
simplification and enable greater personalisation for our
customers.
-
We
continue to actively manage our balance sheet and risk, delivering
£2.9 billion of RWA management actions as we created capacity
for growth. Our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 13.6% was in
line with Q4 2024 and c.20 basis points lower than Q1 2025. TNAV
per share in H1 2025 increased by 22 pence to 351
pence.
Outlook(1)
The
following statements are based on our current expectations for
interest rates and economic conditions. We will monitor and react
to market conditions and refine our internal forecasts as the
economic position evolves.
We
have strengthened our guidance and in 2025 we expect:
-
to
achieve a Return on Tangible Equity of greater than
16.5%.
-
income
excluding notable items to be greater than £16.0
billion.
-
Group
operating costs, excluding litigation and conduct costs, to be
around £8.1 billion including £0.1 billion of one-time
integration costs.
-
our
loan impairment rate to be below 20 basis points.
-
RWAs
to be in the range of £190-195 billion at the end of 2025,
dependent on final CRD IV model outcomes.
In
2027 we continue to expect:
-
to
achieve a Return on Tangible Equity for the Group of greater than
15%.
Capital:
-
we
continue to target a CET1 ratio in the range of
13-14%.
-
we
expect to pay ordinary dividends of around 50% of attributable
profit from 2025 and will consider buybacks as
appropriate.
(1)
The guidance, targets, expectations and trends discussed in this
section represent NatWest Group plc management's current
expectations and are subject to change, including as a result of
the factors described in the NatWest Group plc Risk Factors in the
2024 Annual Report and Accounts and Form 20-F and the Summary Risk
Factors in this announcement. These statements constitute
forward-looking statements. Refer to Forward-looking statements in
this announcement.
Business performance summary
|
|
Half year ended
|
|
Quarter ended
|
||||||
|
|
30 June
|
30 June
|
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
|
30 June
|
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
Variance
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
Variance
|
2024
|
Variance
|
|
Summary consolidated income statement
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Net interest income
|
6,120
|
5,408
|
13.2%
|
|
3,094
|
3,026
|
2.2%
|
2,757
|
12.2%
|
|
Non-interest income
|
1,865
|
1,726
|
8.1%
|
|
911
|
954
|
(4.5%)
|
902
|
1.0%
|
|
Total income
|
7,985
|
7,134
|
11.9%
|
|
4,005
|
3,980
|
0.6%
|
3,659
|
9.5%
|
|
Litigation and conduct costs
|
(118)
|
(101)
|
16.8%
|
|
(74)
|
(44)
|
68.2%
|
(77)
|
(3.9%)
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
(3,900)
|
(3,956)
|
(1.4%)
|
|
(1,965)
|
(1,935)
|
1.6%
|
(1,928)
|
1.9%
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(4,018)
|
(4,057)
|
(1.0%)
|
|
(2,039)
|
(1,979)
|
3.0%
|
(2,005)
|
1.7%
|
|
Profit before impairment losses/releases
|
3,967
|
3,077
|
28.9%
|
|
1,966
|
2,001
|
(1.7%)
|
1,654
|
18.9%
|
|
Impairment (losses)/releases
|
(382)
|
(48)
|
nm
|
|
(193)
|
(189)
|
2.1%
|
45
|
nm
|
|
Operating profit before tax
|
3,585
|
3,029
|
18.4%
|
|
1,773
|
1,812
|
(2.2%)
|
1,699
|
4.4%
|
|
Tax charge
|
(910)
|
(801)
|
13.6%
|
|
(439)
|
(471)
|
(6.8%)
|
(462)
|
(5.0%)
|
|
Profit from continuing operations
|
2,675
|
2,228
|
20.1%
|
|
1,334
|
1,341
|
(0.5%)
|
1,237
|
7.8%
|
|
Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
-
|
11
|
nm
|
|
-
|
-
|
nm
|
15
|
nm
|
|
Profit for the period
|
2,675
|
2,239
|
19.5%
|
|
1,334
|
1,341
|
(0.5%)
|
1,252
|
6.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance key metrics and ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Notable items within total income (1)
|
£23m
|
£130m
|
nm
|
|
(£5m)
|
£28m
|
nm
|
£69m
|
nm
|
|
Total income excluding notable items (1)
|
£7,962m
|
£7,004m
|
13.7%
|
|
£4,010m
|
£3,952m
|
1.5%
|
£3,590m
|
11.7%
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.28%
|
2.07%
|
21bps
|
|
2.28%
|
2.27%
|
1bp
|
2.10%
|
18bps
|
|
Average interest earning assets (1)
|
£542bn
|
£524bn
|
3.4%
|
|
£543bn
|
£542bn
|
0.2%
|
£528bn
|
2.8%
|
|
Cost:income ratio (excl. litigation and conduct) (1)
|
48.8%
|
55.5%
|
(6.7%)
|
|
49.1%
|
48.6%
|
0.5%
|
52.7%
|
(3.6%)
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
19bps
|
3bps
|
16bps
|
|
19bps
|
19bps
|
-
|
(5bps)
|
24bps
|
|
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders
|
£2,488m
|
£2,099m
|
18.5%
|
|
£1,236m
|
£1,252m
|
(1.3%)
|
£1,181m
|
4.7%
|
|
Total earnings per share attributable to ordinary shareholders -
basic
|
30.9p
|
24.2p
|
6.7p
|
|
15.3p
|
15.5p
|
(0.2p)
|
13.7p
|
1.6p
|
|
Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE) (1)
|
18.1%
|
16.4%
|
1.7%
|
|
17.7%
|
18.5%
|
(0.8%)
|
18.5%
|
(0.8%)
|
|
Climate and sustainable funding and financing (2)
|
£16.9bn
|
£16.3bn
|
3.7%
|
|
£9.1bn
|
£7.8bn
|
16.7%
|
£9.7bn
|
(6.2%)
|
nm = not meaningful.
For the footnotes to this table refer to the following
page
Business performance summary continued
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
||||
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
|
31 December
|
|
||||
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
Variance
|
2024
|
Variance
|
||||
|
Balance sheet
|
|
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
%
|
£bn
|
%
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
730.8
|
710.0
|
2.9%
|
708.0
|
3.2%
|
|
Loans to customers - amortised cost
|
|
|
|
|
407.1
|
398.8
|
2.1%
|
400.3
|
1.7%
|
|
Loans to customers excluding central items (1,3)
|
|
|
|
|
380.1
|
371.9
|
2.2%
|
368.5
|
3.1%
|
|
Loans to customers and banks - amortised cost and
FVOCI
|
|
|
|
|
417.9
|
409.5
|
2.1%
|
410.2
|
1.9%
|
|
Total impairment provisions (4)
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
3.5
|
5.7%
|
3.4
|
8.8%
|
|
Expected credit loss (ECL) coverage ratio
|
|
|
|
|
0.87%
|
0.86%
|
1bp
|
0.83%
|
4bps
|
|
Assets under management and administration
(AUMA) (1)
|
|
|
|
|
51.8
|
48.5
|
6.8%
|
48.9
|
5.9%
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
|
|
436.8
|
434.6
|
0.5%
|
433.5
|
0.8%
|
|
Customer deposits excluding central items (1,3)
|
|
|
|
|
435.8
|
433.4
|
0.6%
|
431.3
|
1.0%
|
|
Liquidity and funding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)
|
|
|
|
|
147%
|
150%
|
(3.0%)
|
150%
|
(3.0%)
|
|
Liquidity portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
217
|
222
|
(2.3%)
|
222
|
(2.3%)
|
|
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)
|
|
|
|
|
134%
|
136%
|
(2.0%)
|
137%
|
(3.0%)
|
|
Loan:deposit ratio (excl. repos and reverse
repos) (1)
|
|
|
|
|
86%
|
85%
|
1%
|
85%
|
1%
|
|
Total wholesale funding
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
87
|
4.6%
|
86
|
5.8%
|
|
Short-term wholesale funding
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
33
|
6.1%
|
33
|
6.1%
|
|
Capital and leverage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio (5)
|
|
|
|
|
13.6%
|
13.8%
|
(20bps)
|
13.6%
|
-
|
|
Total capital ratio (5)
|
|
|
|
|
19.7%
|
20.6%
|
(90bps)
|
19.7%
|
-
|
|
Pro forma CET1 ratio (excl. foreseeable items) (6)
|
|
|
|
|
14.6%
|
14.8%
|
(20bps)
|
14.3%
|
30bps
|
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs)
|
|
|
|
|
190.1
|
187.0
|
1.7%
|
183.2
|
3.8%
|
|
UK leverage ratio
|
|
|
|
|
5.0%
|
5.2%
|
(0.2%)
|
5.0%
|
-
|
|
Tangible net asset value (TNAV) per ordinary
share (1,7)
|
|
|
|
|
351p
|
347p
|
4p
|
329p
|
22p
|
|
Number of ordinary shares in issue (millions) (7)
|
|
|
|
|
8,088
|
8,067
|
0.3%
|
8,043
|
0.6%
|
|
(1)
|
Refer to the Non-IFRS financial
measures appendix for details of the basis of preparation and
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures and performance
metrics.
|
|
(2)
|
NatWest Group used its climate
and sustainable funding and financing inclusion (CSFFI) criteria to
determine the assets, activities and companies that are eligible to
be included within its target to provide £100 billion in
climate and sustainable funding and financing between 1 July 2021
and the end of 2025. This included both provision of committed (on
and off-balance sheet) funding and financing, including provision
of services for underwriting issuances and private placements. The
climate and sustainable funding and financing framework which
underpinned our £100 billion target has been retired and
replaced with our climate and transition finance framework,
available on natwestgroup.com.
|
|
(3)
|
Central items includes Treasury
repo activity.
|
|
(4)
|
Includes £0.1 billion
relating to off-balance sheet exposures (31 March 2025 - £0.1
billion; 31 December 2024 - £0.1 billion).
|
|
(5)
|
Refer to the Capital, liquidity
and funding risk section for details of the basis of
preparation.
|
|
(6)
|
The
pro forma CET1 ratio at 30 June 2025 excludes foreseeable items of
£1,994 million: £1,244 million for ordinary dividends and
£750 million foreseeable charges (31 March 2025 excludes
foreseeable items of £1,875 million for ordinary dividends; 31
December 2024 excludes foreseeable items of £1,249 million for
ordinary dividends).
|
|
(7)
|
The
number of ordinary shares in issue excludes own shares
held.
|
Chief Financial Officer's review
We delivered a strong performance in the first half of 2025, with
operating profit of £3,585 million and a RoTE of
18.1%.
In the first half of 2025 we supported our customers and delivered
broad-based balance sheet growth, with net loans to customers
excluding central items up by £11.6 billion and customer
deposits excluding central items increasing by £4.5 billion,
contributing to growth in total income excluding notable items, up
by 13.7% on H1 2024 and 1.5% on Q1 2025. Cost:income ratio (excl.
litigation and conduct) was 48.8% in H1 2025 compared with 55.5% in
H1 2024 as we continued to simplify the business.
Our CET1 ratio remains within our targeted range at 13.6% and we
announce an interim dividend of 9.5 pence per share and intend to
commence a share buyback programme of £750 million in the
second half of 2025, bringing total distributions announced in H1
2025 to £1.5 billion. We continued to actively manage the
balance sheet, delivering RWA management actions of £2.9
billion in H1 2025 which created capacity for growth.
Strong H1 and Q2 2025 performance
-
Total
income increased by 0.6% in Q2 2025 compared with Q1 2025 and was
11.9% higher in H1 2025 than H1 2024. Total income excluding
notable items was £58 million higher in Q2 2025 than Q1 2025
due to disciplined balance sheet growth, deposit margin expansion
and the benefit of one additional day in the quarter. As a result,
Q2 2025 NIM of 2.28% was 1 basis point higher than Q1 2025. H1 2025
total income excluding notable items was 13.7% higher than H1 2024
as balance growth, higher structural hedge income and increased
trading income were partly offset by the impact of base rate cuts
and changes in the mix of our customer deposits.
-
Q2
2025 total operating expenses were £60 million higher than Q1
2025 and H1 2025 was £39 million lower than H1 2024. In Q2
2025, other operating expenses were £30 million higher than Q1
2025 primarily reflecting property exit costs as a result of
transformation and digitisation, a £19 million increase in
one-time integration costs following the acquisition of balances
from Sainsbury's Bank and pay inflation and increased National
Insurance charges. H1 2025 other operating expenses were £56
million lower than the prior year as we continue to make good
progress on becoming a simpler bank, including ongoing digitisation
of Retail Banking, costs relating to the strategic exit from Poland
in H1 2024, contract efficiencies through the use of strategic
partners, and our withdrawal from the Republic of Ireland.
Headcount reduced by around 1,400 FTE compared with H1 2024 and was
broadly stable compared with H2 2024.
-
A
net impairment charge of £193 million, or 19 basis points of
gross customer loans, in Q2 2025 included an £81 million
charge on the acquisition of balances from Sainsbury's Bank and
post model adjustment releases of £64 million. Compared with
Q1 2025, our ECL provision increased by £0.1 billion to
£3.7 billion and our ECL coverage ratio has increased from
0.86% to 0.87%.
-
We
have reviewed and updated our macro-economic assumptions, with
limited changes compared with our previous assumptions, and we
retain post model adjustments of £0.2 billion related to
economic uncertainty, or 6.4% of total impairment provisions. We
remain comfortable with the strong credit performance of our
diversified prime loan book.
-
As
a result, we are pleased to report an attributable profit for H1
2025 of £2,488 million, with earnings per share of 30.9 pence
and a RoTE of 18.1%. Q2 2025 RoTE was 17.7%.
Robust balance sheet with strong capital and liquidity
levels
-
We
continued to support our customers with net loans to customers
excluding central items growth of £11.6 billion in the first
half of 2025 and £8.2 billion in Q2 2025, which included
£2.2 billion of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank. The
remaining £6.0 billion growth in Q2 2025 was disciplined and
well balanced across our portfolio, including an increase in
Commercial Mid-market, reflecting higher lending to housebuilders
and housing associations, and Corporate & Institutions, largely
in funds lending. Retail Banking mortgage balances increased by
£1.4 billion in Q2 2025.
-
Between
1 July 2021 and the 30 June 2025 we provided £110.3 billion in
climate and sustainable funding and financing and during Q1 2025 we
exceeded our target to provide £100 billion between 1 July
2021 and the end of 2025. To reflect our progress, we have
announced a new target to provide £200 billion in climate and
transition finance between 1 July 2025 and the end of 2030. As part
of this we will continue to monitor progress against our aim to
provide £10 billion in lending for EPC A and B-rated
residential properties between 1 January 2023 and the end of 2025,
with £9.6 billion lent up to 30 June 2025. The climate and
sustainable funding and financing framework which underpinned our
previous £100 billion target has been retired and replaced
with our climate and transition finance framework, available on
natwestgroup.com.
-
Customer
deposits excluding central items increased £4.5 billion in H1
2025 and £2.4 billion in Q2 2025, which included £2.4
billion of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank and growth
within Corporate & Institutions partially offset by lower
current account balances in Retail Banking. Term balances remained
broadly stable for the second quarter at 17% of the book, up from
16% at Q1 2025.
-
The
LCR of 147%, representing £51.7 billion headroom above 100%
minimum requirement, decreased by 3 percentage points compared with
Q1 2025 primarily due to increased lending (including balances
acquired from Sainsbury's Bank) partially offset by issuances. Our
primary liquidity at Q2 2025 was £160.6 billion and £86.6
billion, or 54%, of which was cash and balances at central banks.
Total wholesale funding increased by £3.5 billion in the
quarter to £90.8 billion.
-
TNAV
per share increased by 4 pence in the quarter to 351 pence
primarily reflecting the profit for the period.
Chief Financial Officer's review continued
Shareholder return supported strong capital generation
-
The
CET1 ratio of 13.6% was c.20 basis points lower than Q1 2025
principally reflecting the increase in RWAs, c.20 basis points, the
ordinary dividend accrual, c.30 basis points, and share buybacks,
c.40 basis points, partially offset by the attributable profit for
the quarter, c.70 basis points.
-
RWAs
increased by £6.9 billion in the first half of 2025 to
£190.1 billion and £3.1 billion in Q2 2025 largely
reflecting lending growth, an increase for CRD IV models and
£1.6 billion in relation to the balances acquired from
Sainsbury's Bank partially offset by another strong quarter of RWA
management actions, £1.7 billion, as we continued to actively
manage the balance sheet creating capacity for growth.
Business performance summary
Retail Banking
|
|
Half year ended
|
|
Quarter ended
|
|||
|
|
30 June
|
30 June
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
30 June
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Total income
|
3,134
|
2,690
|
|
1,594
|
1,540
|
1,365
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(1,423)
|
(1,470)
|
|
(742)
|
(681)
|
(697)
|
|
of which: Other operating
expenses
|
(1,411)
|
(1,457)
|
|
(734)
|
(677)
|
(690)
|
|
Impairment losses
|
(226)
|
(122)
|
|
(117)
|
(109)
|
(59)
|
|
Operating profit
|
1,485
|
1,098
|
|
735
|
750
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on equity (1)
|
23.8%
|
18.4%
|
|
23.2%
|
24.5%
|
20.3%
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.58%
|
2.26%
|
|
2.59%
|
2.58%
|
2.31%
|
|
Cost:income ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(excl. litigation and
conduct) (1)
|
45.0%
|
54.2%
|
|
46.0%
|
44.0%
|
50.5%
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
21bps
|
12bps
|
|
22bps
|
21bps
|
12bps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
31 December
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
Net loans to customers (amortised cost)
|
|
|
|
214.3
|
210.4
|
208.4
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
|
196.6
|
195.7
|
194.8
|
|
RWAs
|
|
69.4
|
66.8
|
65.5
|
||
(1)
Refer to the Non-IFRS financial measures appendix for details of
the basis of preparation and reconciliation of non-IFRS financial
measures and performance metrics.
During H1 2025, Retail Banking delivered a return on equity of
23.8% and an operating profit of £1,485 million, with
continued positive income and net interest margin momentum. We have
supported sectors that are vital to the health and success of the
UK economy, including the housing market, with increased net
mortgage lending in H1 2025 of £3.4 billion. We welcomed an
additional 1 million customers from balances acquired from
Sainsbury's Bank in the quarter and have continued to improve our
customer proposition, including the launch of our family-backed
mortgages.
Retail Banking provided £2.1 billion of climate and
sustainable funding and financing in H1 2025 from lending on
properties with an EPC rating of A or B.
H1 2025 performance
-
Total
income was £444 million, or 16.5%, higher than H1 2024
reflecting deposit balance growth and deposit margin expansion,
coupled with the benefit of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank
adding £21 million of income, partly offset by the impact of
base rate cuts and the mix shift from non-interest bearing to
interest bearing balances.
-
Net
interest margin was 32 basis points higher than H1 2024 largely
reflecting the factors noted above.
-
Other
operating expenses were £46 million, or 3.2%, lower than H1
2024 reflecting lower severance and property exit costs and a 6.3%
reduction in headcount. This was partially offset by the impact of
costs associated with the acquisition of balances from Sainsbury's
Bank and timing of FCA regulatory fees.
-
An
impairment charge of £226 million, compared with a £122
million charge in H1 2024, largely driven by the impact of balances
acquired from Sainsbury's Bank.
-
Net
loans to customers increased by £5.9 billion, or 2.8%, in H1
2025 driven by £3.4 billion higher mortgage balances. Personal
advances increased by £1.4 billion, or 17.3% and credit card
balances increased £1.3 billion, or 18.6% in H1 2025,
reflecting the impact of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank
and underlying credit card growth.
-
Customer
deposits increased by £1.8 billion, or 0.9%, in H1 2025,
driven by overall personal market growth, and £2.4 billion of
savings balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank, partly offset by
seasonal tax payments.
-
RWAs
increased by £3.9 billion, or 6.0%, in H1 2025 primarily due
to the impact of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank, the
annual update to operational risk, model updates and book
movements.
Q2 2025 performance
-
Total
income was £54 million or 3.5% higher than Q1 2025 reflecting
the impact of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank, deposit
margin expansion, and the impact of one additional day in the
quarter.
-
Net
interest margin was 1 basis point higher than Q1 2025 largely
reflecting the factors noted above, offset by the flow through
impact of new mortgage lending in Q1 2025, ahead of the increase in
Stamp Duty Land Tax on 1 April 2025.
-
Other
operating expenses were £57 million, or 8.4%, higher than Q1
2025 reflecting the impact of costs associated with the acquisition
of balances from Sainsbury's Bank, FCA regulatory fees, pay award
and National Insurance increase, and higher property exit costs,
partly offset by the non-repeat of the Q1 2025 Bank of England
levy.
-
An
impairment charge of £117 million, compared with a £109
million charge in Q1 2025, including £81 million impact of
balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank offset by modelling related
releases.
-
Net
loans to customers increased by £3.9 billion, or 1.9%, in Q2
2025. Personal advances increased £1.3 billion, or 15.9%,
including £1.2 billion of balances acquired from Sainsbury's
Bank, whilst credit cards increased £1.3 billion or 18.6%,
including £1.0 billion of balances acquired from Sainsbury's
Bank. Mortgages increased by £1.4 billion in the
quarter.
-
Customer
deposits increased by £0.9 billion, or 0.5%, in Q2 2025
reflecting £2.4 billion of savings balances acquired from
Sainsbury's Bank, partly offset by lower current account
balances.
-
RWAs
increased by £2.6 billion, or 3.9%, in Q2 2025 primarily due
to the impact of balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank, model
updates and book movements.
Business performance summary continued
Private Banking & Wealth Management(1)
|
|
Half year ended
|
|
Quarter ended
|
|||
|
|
30 June
|
30 June
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
30 June
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Total income
|
539
|
444
|
|
274
|
265
|
236
|
|
of which:
AUMA income (2)
|
144
|
130
|
|
72
|
72
|
68
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(359)
|
(356)
|
|
(172)
|
(187)
|
(175)
|
|
of which:
Other operating expenses
|
(358)
|
(355)
|
|
(171)
|
(187)
|
(175)
|
|
Impairment (losses)/releases
|
(1)
|
11
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
5
|
|
Operating profit
|
179
|
99
|
|
102
|
77
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on equity (2)
|
19.8%
|
10.5%
|
|
22.5%
|
17.1%
|
14.4%
|
|
Net interest margin (2)
|
2.57%
|
2.18%
|
|
2.56%
|
2.59%
|
2.30%
|
|
Cost:income ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(excl. litigation and
conduct) (2)
|
66.4%
|
80.0%
|
|
62.4%
|
70.6%
|
74.2%
|
|
Loan impairment rate (2)
|
1bp
|
(12bps)
|
|
-
|
2bps
|
(11bps)
|
|
AUMA net flows (£bn) (2)
|
2.1
|
1.3
|
|
1.3
|
0.8
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
31 December
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
Net loans to customers (amortised cost)
|
|
|
|
18.6
|
18.4
|
18.2
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
|
41.3
|
41.2
|
42.4
|
|
Assets under management (AUM) (2)
|
|
39.0
|
36.7
|
37.0
|
||
|
Assets under administration (AUA) (2)
|
|
12.8
|
11.8
|
11.9
|
||
|
Total assets under management and administration
(AUMA) (2)
|
|
51.8
|
48.5
|
48.9
|
||
|
Total combined assets and liabilities (CAL) (2,3)
|
|
110.4
|
106.9
|
108.4
|
||
|
RWAs
|
|
11.5
|
11.3
|
11.0
|
||
(1) Effective
from Q2 2025, the reportable segment Private Banking was renamed
Private Banking & Wealth Management. This does not change the
financial results of Private Banking & Wealth Management or the
consolidated financial results of NatWest
Group.
(2) Refer to the Non-IFRS financial
measures appendix for details of basis of preparation and
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures and performance
metrics.
(3) CAL refers to customer deposits,
net loans to customers and AUMA. To avoid double counting,
investment cash is deducted as it is reported within customer
deposits and AUMA.
During H1 2025, Private Banking & Wealth Management continued
to deliver a strong performance with an operating profit of
£179 million, return on equity of 19.8% and cost:income ratio
of 66.4%. We have seen growth across AUMAs, lending and deposits in
the quarter. In response to client demand, we have introduced
digital auto-renewal functionality for fixed-term deposits within
the Coutts app, enabling clients optionality and
convenience.
Private Banking & Wealth Management provided £0.2 billion
of climate and sustainable funding and financing in H1 2025,
principally in relation to mortgages on residential properties with
an EPC rating of A or B and wholesale transactions.
H1 2025 performance
-
Total
income was £95 million, or 21.4%, higher than H1 2024
primarily reflecting balance growth across deposits, lending and
AUMA, and deposit margin expansion.
-
Net
interest margin was 39 basis points higher than H1 2024 largely
reflecting deposit margin expansion and growth across lending and
deposits.
-
Other
operating expenses were £3 million, or 0.8%, higher than H1
2024 primarily reflecting higher investment costs and one off
items.
-
An
impairment charge of £1 million in H1 2025, compared with an
£11 million release in H1 2024, largely reflecting the
non-repeat of good book releases in the prior year, with Stage 3
charges remaining at low levels.
-
CAL
was £2 billion, or 1.8%, higher in H1 2025, supported by
growth in AUMA and lending balances, partly offset by lower deposit
balances.
-
Net
loans to customers were £0.4 billion, or 2.2%, higher in H1
2025 driven by higher commercial loan balances, due to strong
client engagement and competitive pricing strategies.
-
Customer
deposits decreased by £1.1 billion, or 2.6%, in H1 2025
largely reflecting seasonal tax payments and outflows of transitory
balances.
-
AUMA
balances increased by £2.9 billion in H1 2025 primarily driven
by AUM net inflows of £1.5 billion, AUA net inflows of
£0.2 billion, and Cushon net inflows of £0.3 billion
supported by positive market movements of £0.8 billion. AUM
net flows as a percentage of opening balances are 8.1% on an
annualised basis.
Q2 2025 performance
-
Total
income was £9 million, or 3.4%, higher than Q1 2025 primarily
reflecting an additional day in the quarter and the impact of
higher fee income.
-
Net
interest margin was 3 basis points lower than Q1 2025 largely
reflecting changes in product mix.
-
Other
operating expenses were £16 million, or 8.6%, lower than Q1
2025 primarily reflecting the non-repeat of the Q1 2025 Bank of
England levy and lower severance costs.
-
CAL
was £3.5 billion, or 3.3%, higher than Q1 2025 due to
increases in AUMA, deposits and lending balances.
-
Net
loans to customers were £0.2 billion, or 1.1%, higher than Q1
2025 driven by an increase in commercial loans.
-
Customer
deposits were £0.1 billion, or 0.2%, higher than Q1 2025 as a
strong performance on instant access was partially offset by a
decrease in current accounts.
-
AUMA
balances increased by £3.3 billion in the quarter primarily
driven by AUM net inflows of £0.7 billion, AUA net inflows of
£0.4 billion and Cushon net inflows of £0.1 billion,
along with positive market movements of £2.0 billion. AUM net
flows as a percentage of opening balances are 7.6% on an annualised
basis.
Business performance summary continued
Commercial & Institutional
|
|
Half year ended
|
|
Quarter ended
|
|||
|
|
30 June
|
30 June
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
30 June
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Net interest income
|
2,955
|
2,543
|
|
1,496
|
1,459
|
1,297
|
|
Non-interest income
|
1,334
|
1,257
|
|
651
|
683
|
644
|
|
Total income
|
4,289
|
3,800
|
|
2,147
|
2,142
|
1,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(2,151)
|
(2,150)
|
|
(1,107)
|
(1,044)
|
(1,099)
|
|
of which:
Other operating expenses
|
(2,062)
|
(2,073)
|
|
(1,047)
|
(1,015)
|
(1,053)
|
|
Impairment (losses)/releases
|
(154)
|
57
|
|
(76)
|
(78)
|
96
|
|
Operating profit
|
1,984
|
1,707
|
|
964
|
1,020
|
938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on equity (1)
|
18.6%
|
16.2%
|
|
17.9%
|
19.3%
|
17.8%
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.33%
|
2.10%
|
|
2.35%
|
2.32%
|
2.12%
|
|
Cost:income ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(excl. litigation and
conduct) (1)
|
48.1%
|
54.6%
|
|
48.8%
|
47.4%
|
54.3%
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
21bps
|
(8bps)
|
|
20bps
|
22bps
|
(28bps)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
31 December
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
Net loans to customers (amortised cost)
|
|
|
|
147.2
|
143.1
|
141.9
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
197.9
|
196.5
|
194.1
|
||
|
Funded assets (1)
|
|
343.1
|
336.1
|
321.6
|
||
|
RWAs
|
|
|
|
107.8
|
107.3
|
104.7
|
(1) Refer to the Non-IFRS financial
measures appendix for details of the basis of preparation and
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures and performance
metrics.
During H1 2025, Commercial & Institutional continued to deliver
a strong performance in income and operating profit, supporting a
return on equity of 18.6%, an increase from 16.2% in H1 2024. We
saw another quarter of higher demand for FX risk management against
a backdrop of volatile markets, supporting income. We have
supported sectors that are vital to the health and success of the
UK economy, including continued support for Housing Associations,
as we made strong progress on our commitment to provide £7.5
billion by the end of 2026 with £2.7 billion in H1 2025 and
£6.8 billion delivered to date, and through our digital led
Business Banking proposition grew gross new lending by 63% in H1
2025 compared to H1 2024. We have improved customer experience
through our Bankline transformation, resulting in a significant
take up of connected products.
Commercial & Institutional provided £14.6 billion of
climate and sustainable funding and financing in H1 2025 to support
customers investing in the transition to net zero.
H1 2025 performance
-
Total
income was £489 million, or 12.9%, higher than H1 2024
primarily reflecting strong customer activity across markets
supporting higher trading income, customer lending growth and
deposit margin expansion.
-
Net
interest margin was 23 basis points higher than H1 2024 primarily
reflecting deposit margin expansion.
-
Other
operating expenses were £11 million, or 0.5%, lower than H1
2024 reflecting lower staff and non-staff costs.
-
An
impairment charge of £154 million in H1 2025, compared with a
£57 million release in H1 2024 reflecting lower good book
releases and higher Stage 3 charges.
-
Net
loans to customers increased by £5.3 billion, or 3.7%, in H1
2025 principally due to growth within Corporate & Institutions
and Commercial Mid-market, partly offset by UK Government scheme
repayments of £0.8 billion.
-
Customer deposits increased by £3.8 billion,
or 2.0%, in H1 2025 largely reflecting growth within Corporate
& Institutions(1).
-
RWAs
increased by £3.1 billion, or 3.0%, in H1 2025 primarily
driven by the annual update to operational risk, an increase in
credit risk from book growth and an increase for CRD IV models,
partly offset by lower market risk and continued RWA management
activity.
Q2 2025 performance
-
Total
income was £5 million, or 0.2%, higher than Q1 2025 primarily
due to currency trading income and lending growth, deposit margin
expansion, as well as the impact of an additional day in the
quarter, partly offset by lower debt capital markets and fixed
income trading income.
-
Net
interest margin was 3 basis points higher than Q1 2025 primarily
reflecting deposit margin expansion, partly offset by asset mix
impacts.
-
Other
operating expenses were £32 million, or 3.2%, higher than Q1
2025 primarily reflecting the impact of FCA fees and inflationary
increases in staff costs, partly offset by the non-repeat of the Q1
2025 Bank of England levy.
-
An
impairment charge of £76 million in Q2 2025 compared with a
£78 million charge in Q1 2025 reflecting a reduction in post
model adjustments, partly offset by an increase in Stage 3
charges.
-
Net
loans to customers increased by £4.1 billion, or 2.9%, in Q2
2025 principally due to growth within Commercial Mid-market and
Corporate & Institutions, partly offset by UK Government scheme
repayments of £0.4 billion.
-
Customer
deposits increased by £1.4 billion, or 0.7%, in Q2 2025
largely reflecting growth within Corporate &
Institutions.
-
RWAs
increased by £0.5 billion, or 0.5%, in Q2 2025 primarily
driven by book growth and an increase for CRD IV models, partly
offset by lower market risk and continued RWA management
activity.
(1) In addition, client transfers from
Commercial Mid-market to Corporate & Institutions were
undertaken with a value of £5.9 billion at the end of Q2 2025
with an equivalent value of £3.3 billion at Q4
2024.
Business performance summary continued
Central items & other
|
|
Half year ended
|
|
Quarter ended
|
|||
|
|
30 June
|
30 June
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
30 June
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income
|
23
|
200
|
|
(10)
|
33
|
117
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(85)
|
(81)
|
|
(18)
|
(67)
|
(34)
|
|
of which:
Other operating expenses
|
(69)
|
(71)
|
|
(13)
|
(56)
|
(10)
|
|
Impairment (losses)/releases
|
(1)
|
6
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
3
|
|
Operating (loss)/profit
|
(63)
|
125
|
|
(28)
|
(35)
|
86
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 June
|
31 March
|
31 December
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
Net loans to customers (amortised cost)
|
|
|
27.0
|
26.9
|
31.8
|
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
1.2
|
2.2
|
|
RWAs
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
1.6
|
2.0
|
H1 2025 performance
-
Total income was £177 million lower than H1 2024 primarily
reflecting lower gains on interest and FX risk management
derivatives not in accounting hedge relationships.
-
Other operating expenses were £2 million, or 2.8%, lower than
H1 2024.
-
Net loans to customers decreased by £4.8 billion, or 15%, in
H1 2025 driven by reverse repo activity in Treasury.
-
Customer deposits of £1.0 billion decreased by £1.2
billion in H1 2025 primarily reflecting repo activity in
Treasury.
Q2 2025 performance
-
Total income was £43 million lower than Q1 2025 primarily
driven by lower Business Growth Fund profits and lower gains on
interest and FX risk management derivatives not in accounting hedge
relationships.
-
Other operating expenses were £43 million, or 77%, lower than
Q1 2025 primarily due to one-off items including an HMRC tax credit
and a VAT release.
-
Net loans to customers increased by £0.1 billion in Q2 2025
driven by reverse repo activity in Treasury.
-
Customer deposits decreased by £0.2 billion in Q2 2025
reflecting repo activity in Treasury.
Segment performance
|
|
Half year ended 30 June 2025
|
||||
|
|
|
Private Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
Total NatWest
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management (2)
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Group
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
||||
|
Income statement
|
|
||||
|
Net interest income
|
2,922
|
363
|
2,955
|
(120)
|
6,120
|
|
Own credit adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
3
|
-
|
3
|
|
Other non-interest income
|
212
|
176
|
1,331
|
143
|
1,862
|
|
Total income
|
3,134
|
539
|
4,289
|
23
|
7,985
|
|
Direct expenses
|
(396)
|
(122)
|
(782)
|
(2,600)
|
(3,900)
|
|
Indirect expenses
|
(1,015)
|
(236)
|
(1,280)
|
2,531
|
-
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
(1,411)
|
(358)
|
(2,062)
|
(69)
|
(3,900)
|
|
Litigation and conduct costs
|
(12)
|
(1)
|
(89)
|
(16)
|
(118)
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(1,423)
|
(359)
|
(2,151)
|
(85)
|
(4,018)
|
|
Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses
|
1,711
|
180
|
2,138
|
(62)
|
3,967
|
|
Impairment losses
|
(226)
|
(1)
|
(154)
|
(1)
|
(382)
|
|
Operating profit/(loss)
|
1,485
|
179
|
1,984
|
(63)
|
3,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income excluding notable items (1)
|
3,134
|
539
|
4,286
|
3
|
7,962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional information
|
|
||||
|
Return on Tangible Equity (1)
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
18.1%
|
|
Return on equity (1)
|
23.8%
|
19.8%
|
18.6%
|
nm
|
na
|
|
Cost:income ratio (excl. litigation and conduct) (1)
|
45.0%
|
66.4%
|
48.1%
|
nm
|
48.8%
|
|
Total assets (£bn)
|
238.6
|
29.1
|
414.9
|
48.2
|
730.8
|
|
Funded assets (£bn) (1)
|
238.6
|
29.1
|
343.1
|
47.0
|
657.8
|
|
Net loans to customers - amortised cost (£bn)
|
214.3
|
18.6
|
147.2
|
27.0
|
407.1
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
21bps
|
1bp
|
21bps
|
nm
|
19bps
|
|
Impairment provisions (£bn)
|
(1.9)
|
(0.1)
|
(1.7)
|
-
|
(3.7)
|
|
Impairment provisions - Stage 3 (£bn)
|
(1.1)
|
-
|
(1.1)
|
-
|
(2.2)
|
|
Customer deposits (£bn)
|
196.6
|
41.3
|
197.9
|
1.0
|
436.8
|
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£bn)
|
69.4
|
11.5
|
107.8
|
1.4
|
190.1
|
|
RWA equivalent (RWAe) (£bn)
|
70.0
|
11.5
|
108.8
|
2.0
|
192.3
|
|
Employee numbers (FTEs - thousands)
|
11.8
|
2.1
|
12.8
|
32.5
|
59.2
|
|
Third party customer asset rate (1)
|
4.31%
|
4.78%
|
6.12%
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Third party customer funding rate (1)
|
(1.83%)
|
(2.82%)
|
(1.65%)
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Average interest earning assets (£bn) (1)
|
228.2
|
28.4
|
255.4
|
na
|
542.4
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.58%
|
2.57%
|
2.33%
|
na
|
2.28%
|
nm = not meaningful, na = not applicable.
(1) Refer to the Non-IFRS financial
measures appendix for details of the basis of preparation and
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures and performance
metrics.
(2) Effective from Q2 2025, the reportable
segment Private Banking was renamed Private Banking & Wealth
Management. This does not change the financial results of Private
Banking & Wealth Management or the consolidated financial
results of NatWest Group.
Segment performance continued
|
|
Half year ended 30 June 2024
|
||||
|
|
|
Private Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
Total NatWest
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management (2)
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Group
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement
|
|
||||
|
Net interest income
|
2,475
|
285
|
2,543
|
105
|
5,408
|
|
Own credit adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
(7)
|
-
|
(7)
|
|
Other non-interest income
|
215
|
159
|
1,264
|
95
|
1,733
|
|
Total income
|
2,690
|
444
|
3,800
|
200
|
7,134
|
|
Direct expenses
|
(381)
|
(126)
|
(764)
|
(2,685)
|
(3,956)
|
|
Indirect expenses
|
(1,076)
|
(229)
|
(1,309)
|
2,614
|
-
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
(1,457)
|
(355)
|
(2,073)
|
(71)
|
(3,956)
|
|
Litigation and conduct costs
|
(13)
|
(1)
|
(77)
|
(10)
|
(101)
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(1,470)
|
(356)
|
(2,150)
|
(81)
|
(4,057)
|
|
Operating profit before impairment
losses/releases
|
1,220
|
88
|
1,650
|
119
|
3,077
|
|
Impairment (losses)/releases
|
(122)
|
11
|
57
|
6
|
(48)
|
|
Operating profit
|
1,098
|
99
|
1,707
|
125
|
3,029
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Income excluding notable items (1)
|
2,690
|
444
|
3,807
|
63
|
7,004
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Additional information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on Tangible Equity (1)
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
16.4%
|
|
Return on equity (1)
|
18.4%
|
10.5%
|
16.2%
|
nm
|
na
|
|
Cost:income ratio (excl. litigation and conduct) (1)
|
54.2%
|
80.0%
|
54.6%
|
nm
|
55.5%
|
|
Total assets (£bn)
|
226.5
|
27.2
|
381.9
|
54.7
|
690.3
|
|
Funded assets (£bn) (1)
|
226.5
|
27.2
|
315.5
|
53.6
|
622.8
|
|
Net loans to customers - amortised cost (£bn)
|
203.3
|
18.1
|
133.9
|
24.0
|
379.3
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
12bps
|
(12bps)
|
(8bps)
|
nm
|
3bps
|
|
Impairment provisions (£bn)
|
(1.7)
|
(0.1)
|
(1.5)
|
-
|
(3.3)
|
|
Impairment provisions - Stage 3 (£bn)
|
(1.0)
|
-
|
(0.9)
|
(0.1)
|
(2.0)
|
|
Customer deposits (£bn)
|
191.5
|
39.5
|
194.2
|
7.8
|
433.0
|
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£bn)
|
62.3
|
11.0
|
104.9
|
2.6
|
180.8
|
|
RWA equivalent (RWAe) (£bn)
|
63.1
|
11.0
|
106.7
|
3.1
|
183.9
|
|
Employee numbers (FTEs - thousands)
|
12.6
|
2.2
|
12.8
|
33.0
|
60.6
|
|
Third party customer asset rate (1)
|
3.88%
|
4.99%
|
6.77%
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Third party customer funding rate (1)
|
(2.08%)
|
(3.14%)
|
(1.93%)
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Average interest earning assets (£bn) (1)
|
220.1
|
26.3
|
244.0
|
na
|
524.4
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.26%
|
2.18%
|
2.10%
|
na
|
2.07%
|
nm = not meaningful, na = not applicable.
(1) Refer to the Non-IFRS financial
measures appendix for details of the basis of preparation and
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures and performance
metrics.
(2) Effective from Q2 2025, the reportable
segment Private Banking was renamed Private Banking & Wealth
Management. This does not change the financial results of Private
Banking & Wealth Management or the consolidated financial
results of NatWest Group.
Segment performance continued
|
|
Quarter ended 30 June 2025
|
||||
|
|
|
Private Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
Total NatWest
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management (2)
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Group
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement
|
|
||||
|
Net interest income
|
1,484
|
182
|
1,496
|
(68)
|
3,094
|
|
Own credit adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
(3)
|
-
|
(3)
|
|
Other non-interest income
|
110
|
92
|
654
|
58
|
914
|
|
Total income
|
1,594
|
274
|
2,147
|
(10)
|
4,005
|
|
Direct expenses
|
(230)
|
(63)
|
(403)
|
(1,269)
|
(1,965)
|
|
Indirect expenses
|
(504)
|
(108)
|
(644)
|
1,256
|
-
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
(734)
|
(171)
|
(1,047)
|
(13)
|
(1,965)
|
|
Litigation and conduct costs
|
(8)
|
(1)
|
(60)
|
(5)
|
(74)
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(742)
|
(172)
|
(1,107)
|
(18)
|
(2,039)
|
|
Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses
|
852
|
102
|
1,040
|
(28)
|
1,966
|
|
Impairment losses
|
(117)
|
-
|
(76)
|
-
|
(193)
|
|
Operating profit/(loss)
|
735
|
102
|
964
|
(28)
|
1,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income excluding notable items (1)
|
1,594
|
274
|
2,150
|
(8)
|
4,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional information
|
|
||||
|
Return on Tangible Equity (1)
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
17.7%
|
|
Return on equity (1)
|
23.2%
|
22.5%
|
17.9%
|
nm
|
na
|
|
Cost:income ratio (excl. litigation and conduct) (1)
|
46.0%
|
62.4%
|
48.8%
|
nm
|
49.1%
|
|
Total assets (£bn)
|
238.6
|
29.1
|
414.9
|
48.2
|
730.8
|
|
Funded assets (£bn) (1)
|
238.6
|
29.1
|
343.1
|
47.0
|
657.8
|
|
Net loans to customers - amortised cost (£bn)
|
214.3
|
18.6
|
147.2
|
27.0
|
407.1
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
22bps
|
-
|
20bps
|
nm
|
19bps
|
|
Impairment provisions (£bn)
|
(1.9)
|
(0.1)
|
(1.7)
|
-
|
(3.7)
|
|
Impairment provisions - Stage 3 (£bn)
|
(1.1)
|
-
|
(1.1)
|
-
|
(2.2)
|
|
Customer deposits (£bn)
|
196.6
|
41.3
|
197.9
|
1.0
|
436.8
|
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£bn)
|
69.4
|
11.5
|
107.8
|
1.4
|
190.1
|
|
RWA equivalent (RWAe) (£bn)
|
70.0
|
11.5
|
108.8
|
2.0
|
192.3
|
|
Employee numbers (FTEs - thousands)
|
11.8
|
2.1
|
12.8
|
32.5
|
59.2
|
|
Third party customer asset rate (1)
|
4.32%
|
4.74%
|
6.00%
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Third party customer funding rate (1)
|
(1.79%)
|
(2.74%)
|
(1.60%)
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Average interest earning assets (£bn) (1)
|
230.0
|
28.5
|
255.6
|
na
|
543.2
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.59%
|
2.56%
|
2.35%
|
na
|
2.28%
|
nm = not meaningful, na = not applicable.
(1) Refer to the Non-IFRS financial
measures appendix for details of the basis of preparation and
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures and performance
metrics.
(2) Effective from Q2 2025, the reportable
segment Private Banking was renamed Private Banking & Wealth
Management. This does not change the financial results of Private
Banking & Wealth Management or the consolidated financial
results of NatWest Group.
Segment performance continued
|
|
Quarter ended 31 March 2025
|
||||
|
|
Private Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
Total NatWest
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management (2)
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Group
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
||||
|
Income statement
|
|
||||
|
Net interest income
|
1,438
|
181
|
1,459
|
(52)
|
3,026
|
|
Own credit adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
6
|
-
|
6
|
|
Other non-interest income
|
102
|
84
|
677
|
85
|
948
|
|
Total income
|
1,540
|
265
|
2,142
|
33
|
3,980
|
|
Direct expenses
|
(166)
|
(59)
|
(379)
|
(1,331)
|
(1,935)
|
|
Indirect expenses
|
(511)
|
(128)
|
(636)
|
1,275
|
-
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
(677)
|
(187)
|
(1,015)
|
(56)
|
(1,935)
|
|
Litigation and conduct costs
|
(4)
|
-
|
(29)
|
(11)
|
(44)
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(681)
|
(187)
|
(1,044)
|
(67)
|
(1,979)
|
|
Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses
|
859
|
78
|
1,098
|
(34)
|
2,001
|
|
Impairment losses
|
(109)
|
(1)
|
(78)
|
(1)
|
(189)
|
|
Operating profit/(loss)
|
750
|
77
|
1,020
|
(35)
|
1,812
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Income excluding notable items (1)
|
1,540
|
265
|
2,136
|
11
|
3,952
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Additional information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on Tangible Equity (1)
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
18.5%
|
|
Return on equity (1)
|
24.5%
|
17.1%
|
19.3%
|
nm
|
na
|
|
Cost:income ratio (excl. litigation and conduct) (1)
|
44.0%
|
70.6%
|
47.4%
|
nm
|
48.6%
|
|
Total assets (£bn)
|
234.3
|
28.9
|
397.9
|
48.9
|
710.0
|
|
Funded assets (£bn) (1)
|
234.3
|
28.9
|
336.1
|
47.9
|
647.2
|
|
Net loans to customers - amortised cost (£bn)
|
210.4
|
18.4
|
143.1
|
26.9
|
398.8
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
21bps
|
2bps
|
22bps
|
nm
|
19bps
|
|
Impairment provisions (£bn)
|
(1.9)
|
(0.1)
|
(1.5)
|
-
|
(3.5)
|
|
Impairment provisions - Stage 3 (£bn)
|
(1.1)
|
-
|
(1.0)
|
-
|
(2.1)
|
|
Customer deposits (£bn)
|
195.7
|
41.2
|
196.5
|
1.2
|
434.6
|
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£bn)
|
66.8
|
11.3
|
107.3
|
1.6
|
187.0
|
|
RWA equivalent (RWAe) (£bn)
|
67.6
|
11.3
|
108.5
|
2.1
|
189.5
|
|
Employee numbers (FTEs - thousands)
|
11.9
|
2.2
|
12.8
|
32.5
|
59.4
|
|
Third party customer asset rate (1)
|
4.29%
|
4.83%
|
6.24%
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Third party customer funding rate (1)
|
(1.87%)
|
(2.90%)
|
(1.71%)
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Average interest earning assets (£bn) (1)
|
226.5
|
28.4
|
255.2
|
na
|
541.6
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.58%
|
2.59%
|
2.32%
|
na
|
2.27%
|
nm = not meaningful, na = not applicable.
(1) Refer to the Non-IFRS financial
measures appendix for details of the basis of preparation and
reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures and performance
metrics.
(2) Effective from Q2 2025, the reportable
segment Private Banking was renamed Private Banking & Wealth
Management. This does not change the financial results of Private
Banking & Wealth Management or the consolidated financial
results of NatWest Group.
Segment performance continued
|
|
Quarter ended 30 June 2024
|
||||
|
|
Private Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
Total NatWest
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management (2)
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Group
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement
|
|
||||
|
Net interest income
|
1,259
|
151
|
1,297
|
50
|
2,757
|
|
Own credit adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
(2)
|
-
|
(2)
|
|
Other non-interest income
|
106
|
85
|
646
|
67
|
904
|
|
Total income
|
1,365
|
236
|
1,941
|
117
|
3,659
|
|
Direct expenses
|
(192)
|
(65)
|
(380)
|
(1,291)
|
(1,928)
|
|
Indirect expenses
|
(498)
|
(110)
|
(673)
|
1,281
|
-
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
(690)
|
(175)
|
(1,053)
|
(10)
|
(1,928)
|
|
Litigation and conduct costs
|
(7)
|
-
|
(46)
|
(24)
|
(77)
|
|
Operating expenses
|
(697)
|
(175)
|
(1,099)
|
(34)
|
(2,005)
|
|
Operating profit before impairment
losses/releases
|
668
|
61
|
842
|
83
|
1,654
|
|
Impairment (losses)/releases
|
(59)
|
5
|
96
|
3
|
45
|
|
Operating profit
|
609
|
66
|
938
|
86
|
1,699
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Income excluding notable items (1)
|
1,365
|
236
|
1,943
|
46
|
3,590
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Additional information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on Tangible Equity (1)
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
na
|
18.5%
|
|
Return on equity (1)
|
20.3%
|
14.4%
|
17.8%
|
nm
|
na
|
|
Cost:income ratio (excl. litigation and conduct) (1)
|
50.5%
|
74.2%
|
54.3%
|
nm
|
52.7%
|
|
Total assets (£bn)
|
226.5
|
27.2
|
381.9
|
54.7
|
690.3
|
|
Funded assets (£bn) (1)
|
226.5
|
27.2
|
315.5
|
53.6
|
622.8
|
|
Net loans to customers - amortised cost (£bn)
|
203.3
|
18.1
|
133.9
|
24.0
|
379.3
|
|
Loan impairment rate (1)
|
12bps
|
(11bps)
|
(28bps)
|
nm
|
(5bps)
|
|
Impairment provisions (£bn)
|
(1.7)
|
(0.1)
|
(1.5)
|
-
|
(3.3)
|
|
Impairment provisions - Stage 3 (£bn)
|
(1.0)
|
-
|
(0.9)
|
(0.1)
|
(2.0)
|
|
Customer deposits (£bn)
|
191.5
|
39.5
|
194.2
|
7.8
|
433.0
|
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£bn)
|
62.3
|
11.0
|
104.9
|
2.6
|
180.8
|
|
RWA equivalent (RWAe) (£bn)
|
63.1
|
11.0
|
106.7
|
3.1
|
183.9
|
|
Employee numbers (FTEs - thousands)
|
12.6
|
2.2
|
12.8
|
33.0
|
60.6
|
|
Third party customer asset rate (1)
|
3.97%
|
5.01%
|
6.73%
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Third party customer funding rate (1)
|
(2.10%)
|
(3.15%)
|
(1.93%)
|
nm
|
nm
|
|
Average interest earning assets (£bn) (1)
|
219.6
|
26.5
|
246.0
|
na
|
527.6
|
|
Net interest margin (1)
|
2.31%
|
2.30%
|
2.12%
|
na
|
2.10%
|
nm - not meaningful, na - not applicable
(1) Refer
to the Non-IFRS financial measures appendix for details of the
basis of preparation and reconciliation of non-IFRS financial
measures and performance metrics.
(2) Effective
from Q2 2025, the reportable segment Private Banking was renamed
Private Banking & Wealth Management. This does not change the
financial results of Private Banking & Wealth Management or the
consolidated financial results of NatWest
Group.
Risk and capital management
Certain disclosures in the Risk and capital management section are
within the scope of EY's review report and are marked as 'reviewed'
in the section header.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that customers, counterparties or issuers
fail to meet a contractual obligation to settle outstanding
amounts.
Economic loss drivers (reviewed)
Introduction
The portfolio segmentation and selection of economic loss drivers
for IFRS 9 follows the approach used in stress testing. The stress
models for each portfolio segment (defined by product or asset
class and where relevant, industry sector and region) are based on
a selected, small number of economic variables that best explain
the movements in portfolio loss rates. The process to select
economic loss drivers involves empirical analysis and expert
judgement.
The most significant economic loss drivers for material portfolios
are shown in the table below:
|
Portfolio
|
Economic
loss drivers
|
|
Personal
mortgages
|
Unemployment
rate, sterling swap rate, house price index, real wage
|
|
Personal
unsecured
|
Unemployment
rate, sterling swap rate, real wage
|
|
Corporates
|
Stock
price index, gross domestic product (GDP)
|
|
Commercial
real estate
|
Stock
price index, commercial property price index, GDP
|
Economic scenarios
At 30 June 2025, the range of anticipated future economic
conditions was defined by a set of four internally developed
scenarios and their respective probabilities. In addition to the
base case, they comprised upside, downside and extreme downside
scenarios.
For 30 June 2025, the four scenarios were deemed appropriate in
capturing the uncertainty in economic forecasts and the
non-linearity in outcomes under different scenarios. These four
scenarios were developed to provide sufficient coverage to current
risks faced by the economy and consider varying outcomes across the
labour market, inflation, interest rate, asset price and economic
growth, around which there remains pronounced levels of
uncertainty.
Since 31 December 2024, the near-term economic growth outlook has
weakened. This was mainly due to the weaker economic performance in
the second half of 2024 and the drag from international trade
policy related uncertainty. Inflation has risen, with underlying
price pressure remaining firm, particularly on services inflation.
As a result, inflation is assumed to remain a little higher than 3%
through most of 2025, taking longer to fall back to the target
level of 2%. The labour market has continued to cool. The
unemployment rate peak is now assumed to be modestly higher than at
31 December 2024, but it is still expected to remain low. The Bank
of England is expected to continue cutting interest rates in a
'gradual and careful' manner with an assumed terminal rate in the
base case of 3.5%. The housing market continues to show signs of
resilience, with prices still expected to grow
modestly.
|
High level narrative - potential developments, vulnerabilities and
risks
|
|
|
|||
|
Growth
|
Outperformance sustained - the economy continues to grow at a robust
pace
|
Upside
|
|||
|
Steady growth - staying close to trend pace but with some
near-term slowdown
|
Base
case
|
||||
|
Stalling - lagged effect of higher inflation and cautious
consumer amidst global trade policy and geopolitical uncertainty
stalls the rebound
|
Downside
|
||||
|
Extreme stress - extreme fall in GDP, with policy support to
facilitate sharp recovery
|
Extreme
downside
|
||||
|
Inflation
|
Sticky - strong growth
and/or wage policies and/or interest rate cuts keep services
inflation well above target
|
Upside
|
|||
|
Battle won - Beyond near-term volatility, downward drift in
services inflation continues, ensuring 2% target is met on a
sustained basis
|
Base
case
|
||||
|
Structural factors - sustained bouts of energy, food and goods price
inflation on geopolitics/deglobalisation
|
Downside
|
||||
|
Close to deflation - inflationary pressures diminish amidst
pronounced weakness in demand
|
Extreme
downside
|
||||
|
Labour market
|
Tighter, still - job growth rebounds strongly, pushing
unemployment back down to 3.5%
|
Upside
|
|||
|
Cooling continues - gradual loosening prompts a gentle rise in
unemployment (but remains low), job growth
recovers
|
Base
case
|
||||
|
Job shedding - prolonged weakness in economy prompts
redundancies, reduced hours, building slack
|
Downside
|
||||
|
Depression - unemployment hits levels close to previous
peaks amid severe stress
|
Extreme
downside
|
||||
|
Rates
short-term
|
Limited cuts - higher growth and inflation keeps the Monetary
Policy Committee cautious
|
Upside
|
|||
|
Steady - approximately one cut per
quarter
|
Base
case
|
||||
|
Mid-cycle quickening - sharp declines through 2025 to support
recovery
|
Downside
|
||||
|
Sharp drop - drastic easing in policy to support a sharp
deterioration in the economy
|
Extreme
downside
|
||||
|
|
Above consensus - 4%
|
Upside
|
|||
|
Rates long-term
|
Middle - 3.5%
|
Base
case
|
|||
|
Close to
2010s - 1-2%/2.5%
|
Downside/Extreme
downside
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Economic loss drivers (reviewed)
Main macroeconomic variables
The main macroeconomic variables for each of the four scenarios
used for expected credit loss (ECL) modelling are set out in the
table below.
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||||||
|
|
|
Extreme
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Extreme
|
Weighted
|
||||
|
|
Upside
|
Base case
|
Downside
|
downside
|
average
|
|
Upside
|
Base case
|
Downside
|
downside
|
average
|
|
Five-year summary
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
GDP
|
2.1
|
1.3
|
0.6
|
(0.1)
|
1.2
|
|
2.0
|
1.3
|
0.5
|
(0.2)
|
1.1
|
|
Unemployment rate
|
3.8
|
4.6
|
5.4
|
7.1
|
4.9
|
|
3.6
|
4.3
|
5.0
|
6.7
|
4.6
|
|
House price index
|
5.7
|
3.4
|
0.5
|
(4.3)
|
2.5
|
|
5.8
|
3.5
|
0.8
|
(4.3)
|
2.7
|
|
Commercial real estate price
|
6.1
|
2.0
|
(0.3)
|
(4.8)
|
1.8
|
|
5.4
|
1.2
|
(1.0)
|
(5.7)
|
1.1
|
|
Consumer price index
|
2.4
|
2.2
|
3.7
|
1.7
|
2.5
|
|
2.4
|
2.2
|
3.5
|
1.6
|
2.4
|
|
Bank of England base rate
|
4.1
|
3.6
|
2.5
|
1.2
|
3.2
|
|
4.4
|
4.0
|
3.0
|
1.6
|
3.6
|
|
Stock price index
|
5.2
|
3.8
|
2.6
|
0.7
|
3.5
|
|
6.3
|
5.0
|
3.4
|
1.1
|
4.5
|
|
World GDP
|
3.7
|
3.0
|
2.3
|
1.4
|
2.8
|
|
3.8
|
3.2
|
2.5
|
1.6
|
3.0
|
|
Probability weight
|
21.7
|
45.0
|
20.7
|
12.6
|
|
|
23.2
|
45.0
|
19.1
|
12.7
|
|
(1) The five-year summary runs
from 2025-2029 for 30 June 2025 and from 2024-2028 for 31 December
2024.
(2) The table shows compound
annual growth rate (CAGR) for GDP, average levels for the
unemployment rate and Bank of England base rate and Q4 to Q4 CAGR
for other parameters.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Economic loss drivers (reviewed)
Climate transition
Since 2023, NatWest Group explicitly includes assumptions about the
changes in transition policy, expressed as an additional implicit
sectoral carbon price, in the base case macroeconomic scenario. At
30 June 2025, this resulted in climate transition policy
contributing £9 million to the total ECL, comparable with a
contribution of £8 million at the end of 2024.
In 2025, NatWest Group has individually assessed 50 active and
potential transition policies that have a significant impact on the
cost of emissions and converted them into equivalent sectoral
carbon prices, calculated as the cost per tonne of the emissions
abated, as a result of each policy. This approach enables NatWest
Group to estimate an aggregate macroeconomic impact of the
transition policies, and as a result, ECL
contribution.
NatWest Group and its customers have a dependency on timely and
appropriate government policies to provide the necessary impetus
for technology development and customer behaviour changes, to
enable the UK's successful transition to net zero. Policy delays
and the risks outlined in the UK CCC annual Progress Reports, if
not adequately addressed in a timely manner, put at risk the UK's
net zero transition and in turn, that of NatWest Group and its
customers.
Probability weightings of scenarios
NatWest Group's quantitative approach to IFRS 9 multiple economic
scenarios involves selecting a suitable set of discrete scenarios
to characterise the distribution of risks in the economic outlook
and assigning appropriate probability weights. This quantitative
approach is used for 30 June 2025.
The approach involves comparing GDP paths for NatWest Group's
scenarios against a set of 1,000 model runs, following which, a
percentile in the distribution is established that most closely
corresponded to the scenario. The probability weight for base case
is set first based on judgement, while probability weights for the
alternate scenarios are assigned based on these percentiles
scores.
The weights were broadly comparable to those used at 31 December
2024 but with slightly more downside skew. The assigned probability
weights were judged to be aligned with the subjective assessment of
balance of the risks in the economy as global trade policy
uncertainty increased, and geopolitical risks remained elevated. US
trade policy remains a key area of uncertainty for the economy.
NatWest Group is comfortable that the adjustments made to the base
case view reflect much of the adverse economic impacts from
tariffs, while the downside scenarios give good coverage to the
potential for more significant economic damage, including higher
inflation and downturns in business investment and consumer
spending. Given the balance of risks that the economy is exposed
to, NatWest Group judges it appropriate that downside-biased
scenarios have higher combined probability weights than the
upside-biased scenario. It presents good coverage to the range of
outcomes assumed in the scenarios, including the potential for a
robust recovery on the upside and exceptionally challenging
outcomes on the downside. A 21.7% weighting was applied to the
upside scenario, a 45.0% weighting applied to the base case
scenario, a 20.7% weighting applied to the downside scenario and a
12.6% weighting applied to the extreme downside
scenario.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Economic loss drivers (reviewed)
Annual figures
|
|
|
|
|
Extreme
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Upside
|
Base case
|
Downside
|
downside
|
average
|
|
GDP - annual growth
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
2025
|
1.4
|
1.1
|
1.0
|
(0.8)
|
0.9
|
|
2026
|
2.9
|
1.1
|
(0.2)
|
(3.6)
|
0.6
|
|
2027
|
2.9
|
1.5
|
(0.4)
|
1.3
|
1.4
|
|
2028
|
1.8
|
1.4
|
0.9
|
1.4
|
1.4
|
|
2029
|
1.6
|
1.4
|
1.6
|
1.4
|
1.5
|
|
2030
|
1.5
|
1.4
|
1.5
|
1.4
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Unemployment rate
|
|
||||
|
-
annual average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
4.5
|
4.6
|
4.7
|
4.8
|
4.6
|
|
2026
|
3.7
|
4.7
|
5.4
|
7.0
|
4.9
|
|
2027
|
3.5
|
4.6
|
5.8
|
8.4
|
5.1
|
|
2028
|
3.5
|
4.5
|
5.6
|
7.9
|
4.9
|
|
2029
|
3.6
|
4.5
|
5.3
|
7.3
|
4.8
|
|
2030
|
3.6
|
4.4
|
5.1
|
6.7
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
||||
|
House price index
|
|
||||
|
-
four quarter change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
4.1
|
3.5
|
(0.3)
|
(2.6)
|
2.1
|
|
2026
|
7.9
|
3.4
|
(2.2)
|
(11.9)
|
1.4
|
|
2027
|
5.8
|
3.4
|
(2.7)
|
(15.9)
|
0.8
|
|
2028
|
5.2
|
3.4
|
3.6
|
4.2
|
4.0
|
|
2029
|
5.6
|
3.4
|
4.3
|
6.5
|
4.4
|
|
2030
|
5.5
|
3.4
|
4.2
|
6.2
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Commercial real estate price
|
|
||||
|
-
four quarter change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
10.6
|
2.3
|
(2.0)
|
(10.5)
|
1.6
|
|
2026
|
6.3
|
2.3
|
(6.5)
|
(24.8)
|
(1.5)
|
|
2027
|
5.7
|
2.6
|
2.2
|
4.1
|
3.4
|
|
2028
|
4.7
|
1.5
|
2.6
|
5.8
|
2.9
|
|
2029
|
3.3
|
1.6
|
2.5
|
5.5
|
2.6
|
|
2030
|
3.0
|
1.4
|
2.5
|
5.3
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extreme
|
Weighted
|
|
Consumer price index
|
Upside
|
Base case
|
Downside
|
downside
|
average
|
|
-
four quarter change
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
2025
|
3.2
|
2.9
|
4.2
|
2.4
|
3.2
|
|
2026
|
2.7
|
2.2
|
5.8
|
0.7
|
2.9
|
|
2027
|
2.3
|
2.0
|
3.0
|
1.6
|
2.2
|
|
2028
|
2.0
|
2.0
|
2.8
|
2.0
|
2.2
|
|
2029
|
2.0
|
2.0
|
2.5
|
2.0
|
2.1
|
|
2030
|
2.0
|
2.0
|
2.5
|
2.0
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Bank of England base rate
|
|
||||
|
-
annual average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
4.32
|
4.21
|
4.07
|
3.58
|
4.12
|
|
2026
|
4.00
|
3.52
|
2.25
|
0.11
|
2.93
|
|
2027
|
4.00
|
3.50
|
2.00
|
0.30
|
2.89
|
|
2028
|
4.00
|
3.50
|
2.00
|
0.64
|
2.94
|
|
2029
|
4.00
|
3.50
|
2.00
|
1.47
|
3.04
|
|
2030
|
4.00
|
3.50
|
2.44
|
2.03
|
3.20
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Stock price index
|
|
||||
|
-
four quarter change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025
|
9.7
|
6.1
|
(3.1)
|
(19.3)
|
1.8
|
|
2026
|
5.7
|
3.3
|
(0.9)
|
(9.5)
|
1.7
|
|
2027
|
4.0
|
3.3
|
5.8
|
14.0
|
4.9
|
|
2028
|
3.5
|
3.3
|
5.8
|
12.3
|
4.7
|
|
2029
|
3.1
|
3.3
|
5.8
|
11.0
|
4.5
|
|
2030
|
3.3
|
3.3
|
5.8
|
10.1
|
4.5
|
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Economic loss drivers (reviewed)
Worst points
|
|
|
|
Extreme
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Downside
|
|
downside
|
|
average
|
|
30 June 2025
|
%
|
Quarter
|
%
|
Quarter
|
%
|
|
GDP
|
-
|
Q2 2027
|
(4.8)
|
Q2 2026
|
-
|
|
Unemployment rate - peak
|
5.8
|
Q2 2027
|
8.5
|
Q3 2027
|
5.1
|
|
House price index
|
(5.0)
|
Q4 2027
|
(28.0)
|
Q1 2028
|
-
|
|
Commercial real estate price
|
(8.4)
|
Q4 2026
|
(33.5)
|
Q1 2027
|
-
|
|
Consumer price index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- highest four quarter
change
|
6.1
|
Q3 2026
|
3.2
|
Q2 2025
|
3.3
|
|
Bank of England base rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- extreme
level
|
2.0
|
Q1 2025
|
0.1
|
Q1 2025
|
2.9
|
|
Stock price index
|
(6.6)
|
Q2 2026
|
(32.1)
|
Q2 2026
|
-
|
|
|
|
||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GDP
|
-
|
Q1 2024
|
(4.1)
|
Q4 2025
|
-
|
|
Unemployment rate - peak
|
5.6
|
Q4 2026
|
8.5
|
Q1 2027
|
4.9
|
|
House price index
|
(1.9)
|
Q2 2027
|
(25.6)
|
Q3 2027
|
-
|
|
Commercial real estate price
|
(10.5)
|
Q2 2026
|
(35.0)
|
Q3 2026
|
(1.8)
|
|
Consumer price index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- highest four quarter
change
|
6.1
|
Q1 2026
|
3.5
|
Q1 2024
|
3.5
|
|
Bank of England base rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- extreme
level
|
2.0
|
Q1 2024
|
0.1
|
Q1 2024
|
2.9
|
|
Stock price index
|
(0.2)
|
Q4 2025
|
(27.4)
|
Q4 2025
|
-
|
(1) The figures show falls relative to the
starting period for GDP, house price index, commercial real estate
price and stock price index. For unemployment rate, it shows
highest value through the scenario horizon. For consumer price
index, it shows highest annual percentage change. For Bank of
England base rate, it shows highest or lowest value through the
horizon. The calculations are performed over five years, with a
starting point of Q4 2024 for 30 June 2025 scenarios and Q4 2023
for 31 December 2024 scenarios.
Governance and post model adjustments (reviewed)
The IFRS 9 PD, EAD and LGD models are subject to NatWest Group's
model risk policy that stipulates periodic model monitoring,
periodic re-validation and defines approval procedures and
authorities according to model materiality. Various post model
adjustments were applied where management judged they were
necessary to ensure an adequate level of overall ECL provision. All
post model adjustments were subject to review, challenge and
approval through model or provisioning committees.
Post model adjustments will remain a key focus area of NatWest
Group's ongoing ECL adequacy assessment process. A holistic
framework has been established including reviewing a range of
economic data, external benchmark information and portfolio
performance trends with a particular focus on segments of the
portfolio (both Personal and Non-Personal) that are likely to be
more susceptible to high inflation, high interest rates and supply
chain disruption.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Governance and post model adjustments (reviewed)
ECL post model adjustments
The table below shows ECL post model adjustments.
|
|
Retail Banking
|
Private Banking
&
|
Commercial &
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
Other
|
Wealth Management
|
Institutional
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Deferred model calibrations
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
16
|
17
|
|
Economic uncertainty
|
55
|
30
|
7
|
142
|
234
|
|
Other adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
18
|
18
|
|
Total
|
55
|
30
|
8
|
176
|
269
|
|
Of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage
1
|
40
|
12
|
4
|
76
|
132
|
|
Stage
2
|
15
|
18
|
4
|
100
|
137
|
|
Stage
3
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred model calibrations
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
18
|
19
|
|
Economic uncertainty
|
90
|
22
|
8
|
179
|
299
|
|
Other adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
18
|
18
|
|
Total
|
90
|
22
|
9
|
215
|
336
|
|
Of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage
1
|
58
|
9
|
5
|
94
|
166
|
|
Stage
2
|
26
|
13
|
4
|
119
|
162
|
|
Stage
3
|
6
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
8
|
Post model adjustments reduced since 31 December 2024, reflecting
updates to post model adjustment parameters.
-
Retail
Banking -
As at 30 June 2025, the post model adjustments for economic
uncertainty decreased to £85 million (31 December 2024 -
£112 million). This reduction primarily reflected a revision
to the cost of living post model adjustment, which reduced to
£85 million (31 December 2024 - £105 million). This
change was based on an updated review of back-testing default
outcomes for higher-risk segments, consistent with the reduction in
rate shock risk in the mortgage portfolio. Despite ongoing economic
and geopolitical uncertainty, the Retail Banking portfolios
demonstrated resilience, supported by a robust risk appetite. The
cost of living post model adjustment continued to address the risk
in segments of the Retail Banking portfolio that were more
susceptible to affordability challenges. It focused on key
affordability factors, including lower-income customers in fuel
poverty, over-indebted borrowers, and customers vulnerable to
higher mortgage rates.
-
Commercial
& Institutional -
As at 30 June 2025, the post model adjustment for economic
uncertainty decreased to £142 million (31 December 2024 -
£179 million). The inflation, supply chain and liquidity post
model adjustment of £122 million (31 December 2024 - £150
million) for lending prior to 1 January 2024, remained the largest
component of this adjustment. Downgrades to risk profiles were
applied to the sectors that were considered most at risk from the
current economic and geopolitical headwinds. The £27 million
decrease reflected improved risk metrics along with reduced
exposure in the portfolio subject to the
adjustment.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Measurement uncertainty and ECL sensitivity
analysis (reviewed)
The recognition and measurement of ECL is complex and involves the
use of significant judgement and estimation, particularly in times
of economic volatility and uncertainty. This includes the
formulation and incorporation of multiple forward-looking economic
conditions into ECL to meet the measurement objective of IFRS 9.
The ECL provision is sensitive to the model inputs and economic
assumptions underlying the estimate.
The impact arising from the base case, upside, downside and extreme
downside scenarios was simulated.
In the simulations, NatWest Group has assumed that the economic
macro variables associated with these scenarios replace the
existing base case economic assumptions, giving them a 100%
probability weighting and therefore serving as a single economic
scenario.
These scenarios were applied to all modelled portfolios in the
analysis below, with the simulation impacting both PDs and LGDs.
Post model adjustments included in the ECL estimates that were
modelled were sensitised in line with the modelled ECL movements,
but those that were judgemental in nature, primarily those for
deferred model calibrations and economic uncertainty, were not
(refer to the Governance and post model adjustments section) on the
basis these would be re-evaluated by management through ECL
governance for any new economic scenario outlook and not be subject
to an automated calculation. As expected, the scenarios create
differing impacts on ECL by portfolio and the impacts are deemed
reasonable.
In this simulation, it is assumed that existing modelled
relationships between key economic variables and loss drivers hold,
but in practice other factors would also have an impact, for
example, potential customer behaviour changes and policy changes by
lenders that might impact on the wider availability of
credit.
The focus of the simulations is on ECL provisioning requirements on
performing exposures in Stage 1 and Stage 2. The simulations are
run on a stand-alone basis and are independent of each other; the
potential ECL impacts reflect the simulated impact at 30 June
2025.
Scenario impacts on significant increase in credit risk (SICR)
should be considered when evaluating the ECL movements of Stage 1
and Stage 2. In all scenarios the total exposure was the same but
exposure by stage varied in each scenario.
Stage 3 provisions are not subject to the same level of measurement
uncertainty - default is an observed event as at the balance sheet
date. Stage 3 provisions therefore were not considered in this
analysis.
NatWest Group's core criterion to identify a SICR is founded on PD
deterioration. Under the simulations, PDs change and result in
exposures moving between Stage 1 and Stage 2 contributing to the
ECL impact.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Measurement uncertainty and ECL sensitivity
analysis (reviewed)
|
|
|
|
Moderate
|
Moderate
|
Extreme
|
|
|
|
Base
|
upside
|
downside
|
downside
|
|
30 June 2025
|
Actual
|
scenario
|
scenario
|
scenario
|
scenario
|
|
Stage 1 modelled loans (£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
171,904
|
173,172
|
175,663
|
170,228
|
159,515
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
10,677
|
10,796
|
11,132
|
10,502
|
9,508
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
29,450
|
29,539
|
29,587
|
29,444
|
27,053
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
138,575
|
138,975
|
139,344
|
138,554
|
121,078
|
|
|
350,606
|
352,482
|
355,726
|
348,728
|
317,154
|
|
Stage 1 modelled ECL (£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
50
|
50
|
50
|
48
|
41
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
227
|
231
|
224
|
227
|
210
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
76
|
61
|
52
|
78
|
169
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
192
|
170
|
160
|
195
|
311
|
|
|
545
|
512
|
486
|
548
|
731
|
|
Stage 1 coverage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
0.03%
|
0.03%
|
0.03%
|
0.03%
|
0.03%
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
2.13%
|
2.14%
|
2.01%
|
2.16%
|
2.21%
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
0.26%
|
0.21%
|
0.18%
|
0.26%
|
0.62%
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
0.14%
|
0.12%
|
0.11%
|
0.14%
|
0.26%
|
|
|
0.16%
|
0.15%
|
0.14%
|
0.16%
|
0.23%
|
|
Stage 2 modelled loans (£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
21,320
|
20,052
|
17,561
|
22,996
|
33,709
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
3,381
|
3,262
|
2,926
|
3,556
|
4,550
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
3,206
|
3,117
|
3,069
|
3,212
|
5,603
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
12,199
|
11,799
|
11,430
|
12,220
|
29,696
|
|
|
40,106
|
38,230
|
34,986
|
41,984
|
73,558
|
|
Stage 2 modelled ECL (£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
51
|
46
|
38
|
57
|
99
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
374
|
358
|
310
|
398
|
530
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
59
|
51
|
46
|
60
|
131
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
246
|
223
|
199
|
251
|
519
|
|
|
730
|
678
|
593
|
766
|
1,279
|
|
Stage 2 coverage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
0.24%
|
0.23%
|
0.22%
|
0.25%
|
0.29%
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
11.06%
|
10.97%
|
10.59%
|
11.19%
|
11.65%
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
1.84%
|
1.64%
|
1.50%
|
1.87%
|
2.34%
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
2.02%
|
1.89%
|
1.74%
|
2.05%
|
1.75%
|
|
|
1.82%
|
1.77%
|
1.69%
|
1.82%
|
1.74%
|
|
Stage 1 and Stage 2 modelled loans (£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
193,224
|
193,224
|
193,224
|
193,224
|
193,224
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
14,058
|
14,058
|
14,058
|
14,058
|
14,058
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
32,656
|
32,656
|
32,656
|
32,656
|
32,656
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
150,774
|
150,774
|
150,774
|
150,774
|
150,774
|
|
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
|
|
|
|
Moderate
|
Moderate
|
Extreme
|
|
|
|
Base
|
upside
|
downside
|
downside
|
|
30 June 2025
|
Actual
|
scenario
|
scenario
|
scenario
|
scenario
|
|
Stage 1 and Stage 2 modelled ECL (£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
101
|
96
|
88
|
105
|
140
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
601
|
589
|
534
|
625
|
740
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
135
|
112
|
98
|
138
|
300
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
438
|
393
|
359
|
446
|
830
|
|
|
1,275
|
1,190
|
1,079
|
1,314
|
2,010
|
|
Stage 1 and Stage 2 coverage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
0.05%
|
0.05%
|
0.05%
|
0.05%
|
0.07%
|
|
Retail Banking - unsecured
|
4.28%
|
4.19%
|
3.80%
|
4.45%
|
5.26%
|
|
Non-Personal - property
|
0.41%
|
0.34%
|
0.30%
|
0.42%
|
0.92%
|
|
Non-Personal - non-property
|
0.29%
|
0.26%
|
0.24%
|
0.30%
|
0.55%
|
|
|
0.33%
|
0.30%
|
0.28%
|
0.34%
|
0.51%
|
|
Reconciliation to Stage 1 and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 2 ECL
(£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ECL on modelled exposures
|
1,275
|
1,190
|
1,079
|
1,314
|
2,010
|
|
ECL on non-modelled exposures
|
114
|
115
|
115
|
115
|
115
|
|
Total Stage 1 and Stage 2 ECL (£m)
|
1,389
|
1,305
|
1,194
|
1,429
|
2,125
|
|
Variance to actual total Stage 1 and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 2 ECL
(£m)
|
-
|
(84)
|
(195)
|
40
|
736
|
|
Reconciliation to Stage 1 and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 2 flow exposures
(£m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Modelled loans
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
390,712
|
|
Non-modelled loans
|
23,392
|
23,392
|
23,392
|
23,392
|
23,392
|
|
Other asset classes
|
154,647
|
154,647
|
154,647
|
154,647
|
154,647
|
(1) Variations in future undrawn exposure
values across the scenarios are modelled. However, the exposure
position reported is that used to calculate modelled ECL as at 30
June 2025 and therefore does not include variation in future
undrawn exposure values.
(2) Reflects ECL for all modelled exposure
in scope for IFRS 9. The analysis excludes non-modelled portfolios
and exposure relating to bonds and cash.
(3) All simulations were run on a
stand-alone basis and are independent of each other, with the
potential ECL impact reflecting the simulated impact as at 30 June
2025. The
simulations change the composition of Stage 1 and Stage 2 exposure
but total exposure was unchanged under each scenario as the loan
population was static.
(4) Refer to the Economic loss drivers
section for details of economic scenarios.
(5) Refer to the NatWest Group 2024 Annual
Report and Accounts for 31 December 2024 comparatives.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk continued
Measurement uncertainty and ECL adequacy (reviewed)
-
If
the economics were as negative as observed in the extreme downside
(i.e. 100% probability weighting), total Stage 1 and Stage 2 ECL
was simulated to increase by £0.7 billion (approximately 53%).
In this scenario, Stage 2 exposure increased significantly and was
the key driver of the simulated ECL rise. The movement in Stage 2
balances in the other simulations was less
significant.
-
In
the Non-Personal portfolio, there was a significant increase in ECL
under the extreme downside scenario. The Non-Personal property ECL
increase was mainly due to commercial real estate prices which
showed negative growth until 2026 and significant deterioration in
the stock index. The non-property increase was mainly due to GDP
contraction and significant deterioration in the stock
index.
-
Given
the continued economic uncertainty, NatWest Group utilised a
framework of quantitative and qualitative measures to support the
levels of ECL coverage. This included economic data, credit
performance insights and problem debt trends. This was particularly
important for consideration of post model adjustments.
-
As
the effects of these economic risks evolve, there is a risk of
further credit deterioration. However, the income statement effect
of this should be mitigated by the forward-looking provisions
retained on the balance sheet at 30 June 2025.
-
There
are a number of key factors that could drive further downside to
impairments, through deteriorating economic and credit metrics and
increased stage migration as credit risk increases for more
customers. Such factors which could impact the IFRS 9 models,
include an adverse deterioration in unemployment, GDP and stock
price index.
-
The
newly acquired Sainsbury's Bank portfolio (£2.2 billion in
Stage 1 at 30 June 2025) with associated ECL of £0.1 billion
was not included in the modelled sensitivity analysis.
Movement in ECL provision
The table below shows the main ECL provision movements during H1
2025.
|
|
ECL provision
|
|
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
3,425
|
|
Acquisitions
|
81
|
|
Changes in economic forecasts
|
10
|
|
Changes in risk metrics and exposure: Stage 1 and Stage
2
|
(27)
|
|
Changes in risk metrics and exposure: Stage 3
|
404
|
|
Judgemental changes: changes in post model adjustments for Stage
1,
|
|
|
Stage 2 and Stage
3
|
(67)
|
|
Write-offs and other
|
(176)
|
|
At 30 June 2025
|
3,650
|
-
During
H1 2025, overall ECL increased following Non-Personal Stage 3
charges and an increase in good book ECL in the Personal portfolio,
driven by the portfolio acquisition from Sainsbury's
Bank.
-
For
the Non-Personal portfolio, ECL increased from Stage 3 charges,
driven by a small number of individual charges in the Commercial
& Institutional portfolio. This was partially offset by post
model adjustment releases in the good book.
-
In
the Personal portfolio, default inflows were broadly stable in H1
2025. However, Stage 3 ECL and stock increased on all unsecured
portfolios, with reduced debt sale activity. There was a reduction
of Stage 3 ECL on mortgages related to an enhancement to the
application of the definition of default, resulting in a £0.4
billion migration of loans from Stage 3 back to the good
book.
-
Judgemental
ECL post model adjustments decreased to £269 million (31
December 2024 - £336 million) and represented 7.4% of total
ECL (31 December 2024 - 9.8%). This reflected revisions to the
Retail Banking cost of living post model adjustment after regular
back testing, and Non-Personal portfolio improvements in underlying
risk profile. Refer to the Governance and post model adjustments
section for further details.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities
Introduction
This section details the credit risk profile of NatWest
Group's banking activities.
Financial instruments within the scope of the IFRS 9 ECL
framework (reviewed)
Refer to Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for
balance sheet analysis of financial assets that are classified as
amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income
(FVOCI), the starting point for IFRS 9 ECL framework
assessment.
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||
|
|
Gross
|
ECL
|
Net
|
|
Gross
|
ECL
|
Net
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
Balance sheet total gross amortised cost and FVOCI
|
588.2
|
|
|
|
567.2
|
|
|
|
In scope of IFRS 9 ECL framework
|
578.2
|
|
|
|
564.4
|
|
|
|
% in scope
|
98%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
Loans to customers - in scope - amortised cost
|
411.2
|
3.6
|
407.6
|
|
404.2
|
3.4
|
400.8
|
|
Loans to customers - in scope - FVOCI
|
0.1
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
Loans to banks - in scope - amortised cost
|
6.6
|
-
|
6.6
|
|
6.0
|
-
|
6.0
|
|
Total loans - in scope
|
417.9
|
3.6
|
414.3
|
|
410.2
|
3.4
|
406.8
|
|
Stage 1
|
371.9
|
0.6
|
371.3
|
|
363.8
|
0.6
|
363.2
|
|
Stage 2
|
40.2
|
0.7
|
39.5
|
|
40.5
|
0.8
|
39.7
|
|
Stage 3
|
5.8
|
2.3
|
3.5
|
|
5.9
|
2.0
|
3.9
|
|
Other financial assets - in scope - amortised cost
|
117.5
|
-
|
117.5
|
|
116.4
|
-
|
116.4
|
|
Other financial assets - in scope - FVOCI
|
42.8
|
-
|
42.8
|
|
37.8
|
-
|
37.8
|
|
Total other financial assets - in scope
|
160.3
|
-
|
160.3
|
|
154.2
|
-
|
154.2
|
|
Stage 1
|
159.5
|
-
|
159.5
|
|
153.4
|
-
|
153.4
|
|
Stage 2
|
0.8
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
0.8
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
Out of scope of IFRS 9 ECL framework
|
10.0
|
na
|
10.0
|
|
2.8
|
na
|
2.8
|
|
Loans to customers - out of scope - amortised cost
|
(0.5)
|
na
|
(0.5)
|
|
(0.5)
|
na
|
(0.5)
|
|
Loans to banks - out of scope - amortised cost
|
0.8
|
na
|
0.8
|
|
0.1
|
na
|
0.1
|
|
Other financial assets - out of scope - amortised cost
|
9.4
|
na
|
9.4
|
|
3.2
|
na
|
3.2
|
|
Other financial assets - out of scope - FVOCI
|
0.3
|
na
|
0.3
|
|
-
|
na
|
-
|
na = not applicable
The assets outside the scope of the IFRS 9 ECL framework were as
follows:
-
Settlement
balances, items in the course of collection, cash balances and
other non-credit risk assets of £10.0 billion (31 December
2024 - £3.3 billion). These were assessed as having no ECL
unless there was evidence that they were defaulted.
-
Equity
shares of £0.3 billion (31 December 2024 - £0.2 billion)
as not within the IFRS 9 ECL framework by
definition.
-
Fair
value adjustments on loans hedged by interest rate swaps, where the
underlying loan was within the IFRS 9 ECL scope of £(0.4)
billion (31 December 2024 - £(0.5) billion).
Contingent liabilities and commitments
Total contingent liabilities (including financial guarantees) and
commitments within IFRS 9 ECL scope of £146.4 billion (31
December 2024 - £140.0 billion) comprised Stage 1 £135.7
billion (31 December 2024 - £129.8 billion); Stage 2 £9.9
billion (31 December 2024 - £9.4 billion); and Stage 3
£0.8 billion (31 December 2024 - £0.8
billion).
The ECL relating to off-balance sheet exposures was £0.1
billion (31 December 2024 - £0.1 billion). The total ECL in
the remainder of the Credit risk section of £3.7 billion (31
December 2024 - £3.4 billion) included ECL for both on and
off-balance sheet exposures.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Segment analysis - portfolio summary (reviewed)
The table below shows gross loans and ECL, by segment and stage,
within the scope of the IFRS 9 ECL framework.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which:
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal
|
|
Non-Personal
|
|||||
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking &
|
|
Central
|
|
|
|
Banking &
|
|
Central
|
|
Banking &
|
|
Central
|
|
|
Retail
|
Wealth
|
Commercial
|
items
|
|
|
Retail
|
Wealth
|
Commercial
|
items
|
|
Wealth
|
Commercial
|
items
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Total
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Loans - amortised cost and
FVOCI (1,2)
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stage 1
|
188,562
|
17,514
|
134,858
|
30,941
|
371,875
|
|
188,562
|
13,991
|
2,225
|
-
|
|
3,523
|
132,633
|
30,941
|
|
Stage 2
|
24,437
|
843
|
14,857
|
56
|
40,193
|
|
24,437
|
362
|
41
|
9
|
|
481
|
14,816
|
47
|
|
Stage 3
|
3,006
|
318
|
2,496
|
3
|
5,823
|
|
3,006
|
233
|
43
|
3
|
|
85
|
2,453
|
-
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
243
|
1,279
|
-
|
1,522
|
|
-
|
158
|
5
|
-
|
|
85
|
1,274
|
-
|
|
Of which: collective
|
3,006
|
75
|
1,217
|
3
|
4,301
|
|
3,006
|
75
|
38
|
3
|
|
-
|
1,179
|
-
|
|
Total
|
216,005
|
18,675
|
152,211
|
31,000
|
417,891
|
|
216,005
|
14,586
|
2,309
|
12
|
|
4,089
|
149,902
|
30,988
|
|
ECL provisions (3)
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stage 1
|
360
|
15
|
258
|
15
|
648
|
|
360
|
3
|
2
|
-
|
|
12
|
256
|
15
|
|
Stage 2
|
425
|
9
|
306
|
1
|
741
|
|
425
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
8
|
306
|
1
|
|
Stage 3
|
1,128
|
42
|
1,090
|
1
|
2,261
|
|
1,128
|
22
|
16
|
-
|
|
20
|
1,074
|
1
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
42
|
569
|
-
|
611
|
|
-
|
22
|
5
|
-
|
|
20
|
564
|
-
|
|
Of which: collective
|
1,128
|
-
|
521
|
1
|
1,650
|
|
1,128
|
-
|
11
|
-
|
|
-
|
510
|
1
|
|
Total
|
1,913
|
66
|
1,654
|
17
|
3,650
|
|
1,913
|
26
|
18
|
-
|
|
40
|
1,636
|
17
|
|
ECL provisions
coverage (4)
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stage 1 (%)
|
0.19
|
0.09
|
0.19
|
0.05
|
0.17
|
|
0.19
|
0.02
|
0.09
|
-
|
|
0.34
|
0.19
|
0.05
|
|
Stage 2 (%)
|
1.74
|
1.07
|
2.06
|
1.79
|
1.84
|
|
1.74
|
0.28
|
-
|
-
|
|
1.66
|
2.07
|
2.13
|
|
Stage 3 (%)
|
37.52
|
13.21
|
43.67
|
33.33
|
38.83
|
|
37.52
|
9.44
|
37.21
|
-
|
|
23.53
|
43.78
|
-
|
|
Total
|
0.89
|
0.35
|
1.09
|
0.05
|
0.87
|
|
0.89
|
0.18
|
0.78
|
-
|
|
0.98
|
1.09
|
0.05
|
|
Impairment (releases)/losses
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
ECL charge/(release) (5)
|
226
|
1
|
154
|
1
|
382
|
|
226
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
|
(2)
|
154
|
1
|
|
Stage 1
|
18
|
(5)
|
(80)
|
-
|
(67)
|
|
18
|
-
|
(1)
|
-
|
|
(5)
|
(79)
|
-
|
|
Stage 2
|
139
|
3
|
23
|
-
|
165
|
|
139
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
2
|
23
|
-
|
|
Stage 3
|
69
|
3
|
211
|
1
|
284
|
|
69
|
2
|
1
|
-
|
|
1
|
210
|
1
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
3
|
191
|
-
|
194
|
|
-
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
|
1
|
191
|
-
|
|
Of which: collective
|
69
|
-
|
20
|
1
|
90
|
|
69
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
|
-
|
19
|
1
|
|
Total
|
226
|
1
|
154
|
1
|
382
|
|
226
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
|
(2)
|
154
|
1
|
|
Amounts written-off
|
94
|
1
|
97
|
-
|
192
|
|
94
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
97
|
-
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
1
|
60
|
-
|
61
|
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
60
|
-
|
|
Of which: collective
|
94
|
-
|
37
|
-
|
131
|
|
94
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
37
|
-
|
For the notes to this table refer to the following
page.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Segment analysis - portfolio summary (reviewed)
|
|
|
Of which:
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Personal
|
|
Non-Personal
|
|||||||||||
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking &
|
|
Central
|
|
|
|
Banking &
|
|
Central
|
|
Banking &
|
|
Central
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
Wealth
|
Commercial
|
items
|
|
|
Retail
|
Wealth
|
Commercial
|
items
|
|
Wealth
|
Commercial
|
items
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Total
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
|
31 December 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Loans - amortised cost and
FVOCI (1,2)
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stage 1
|
182,366
|
17,155
|
128,988
|
35,312
|
363,821
|
|
182,366
|
13,726
|
2,226
|
-
|
|
3,429
|
126,762
|
35,312
|
|
Stage 2
|
24,242
|
844
|
15,339
|
49
|
40,474
|
|
24,242
|
352
|
42
|
-
|
|
492
|
15,297
|
49
|
|
Stage 3
|
3,268
|
322
|
2,340
|
-
|
5,930
|
|
3,268
|
251
|
52
|
-
|
|
71
|
2,288
|
-
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
233
|
1,052
|
-
|
1,285
|
|
-
|
162
|
5
|
-
|
|
71
|
1,047
|
|
|
Of which: collective
|
3,268
|
89
|
1,288
|
-
|
4,645
|
|
3,268
|
89
|
47
|
-
|
|
-
|
1,241
|
-
|
|
Total
|
209,876
|
18,321
|
146,667
|
35,361
|
410,225
|
|
209,876
|
14,329
|
2,320
|
-
|
|
3,992
|
144,347
|
35,361
|
|
ECL provisions (3)
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stage 1
|
279
|
16
|
289
|
14
|
598
|
|
279
|
2
|
3
|
-
|
|
14
|
286
|
14
|
|
Stage 2
|
428
|
12
|
346
|
1
|
787
|
|
428
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
11
|
346
|
1
|
|
Stage 3
|
1,063
|
36
|
941
|
-
|
2,040
|
|
1,063
|
21
|
15
|
-
|
|
15
|
926
|
-
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
36
|
415
|
-
|
451
|
|
-
|
21
|
7
|
-
|
|
15
|
408
|
-
|
|
Of which: collective
|
1,063
|
-
|
526
|
-
|
1,589
|
|
1,063
|
-
|
8
|
-
|
|
-
|
518
|
-
|
|
Total
|
1,770
|
64
|
1,576
|
15
|
3,425
|
|
1,770
|
24
|
18
|
-
|
|
40
|
1,558
|
15
|
|
ECL provisions
coverage (4)
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stage 1 (%)
|
0.15
|
0.09
|
0.22
|
0.04
|
0.16
|
|
0.15
|
0.01
|
0.13
|
-
|
|
0.41
|
0.23
|
0.04
|
|
Stage 2 (%)
|
1.77
|
1.42
|
2.26
|
2.04
|
1.94
|
|
1.77
|
0.28
|
-
|
-
|
|
2.24
|
2.26
|
2.04
|
|
Stage 3 (%)
|
32.53
|
11.18
|
40.21
|
-
|
34.40
|
|
32.53
|
8.37
|
28.85
|
-
|
|
21.13
|
40.47
|
-
|
|
Total
|
0.84
|
0.35
|
1.07
|
0.04
|
0.83
|
|
0.84
|
0.17
|
0.78
|
-
|
|
1.00
|
1.08
|
0.04
|
|
Half year ended 30 June 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment (releases)/losses
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
ECL (release)/charge (5)
|
122
|
(11)
|
(57)
|
(6)
|
48
|
|
122
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
(12)
|
(57)
|
(6)
|
|
Stage 1
|
(166)
|
(9)
|
(182)
|
(7)
|
(364)
|
|
(166)
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
|
(8)
|
(182)
|
(7)
|
|
Stage 2
|
178
|
(3)
|
14
|
1
|
190
|
|
178
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
(4)
|
14
|
1
|
|
Stage 3
|
110
|
1
|
111
|
-
|
222
|
|
110
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
111
|
-
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
1
|
79
|
-
|
80
|
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
79
|
-
|
|
Of which: collective
|
110
|
-
|
32
|
-
|
142
|
|
110
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
32
|
-
|
|
Total
|
122
|
(11)
|
(57)
|
(6)
|
48
|
|
122
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
(12)
|
(57)
|
(6)
|
|
Amounts written-off
|
270
|
-
|
99
|
-
|
369
|
|
270
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
|
-
|
98
|
-
|
|
Of which: individual
|
-
|
-
|
64
|
-
|
64
|
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
|
-
|
63
|
-
|
|
Of which: collective
|
270
|
-
|
35
|
-
|
305
|
|
270
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
35
|
-
|
(1) The
table shows gross loans only and excludes amounts that were outside
the scope of the ECL framework. Other financial assets within the
scope of the IFRS 9 ECL framework were cash and balances at central
banks totalling £89.5 billion (31 December 2024 - £91.8
billion) and debt securities of £70.8 billion (31 December
2024 - £62.4 billion).
(2) Fair
value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). Includes loans to
customers and banks.
(3) Includes
£4 million (31 December 2024 - £4 million) related to
assets classified as FVOCI and £0.1 billion (31 December 2024
- £0.1 billion) related to off-balance sheet
exposures.
(4) ECL
provisions coverage is calculated as ECL provisions divided by
loans - amortised cost and FVOCI. It is calculated on loans and
total ECL provisions, including ECL for other (non-loan) assets and
unutilised exposure. Some segments with a high proportion of debt
securities or unutilised exposure may result in a not meaningful
(nm) coverage ratio.
(5) Includes
a £1 million release (30 June 2024 - £6 million release)
related to other financial assets, of which £0 million release
(30 June 2024 - £5 million release) related to assets
classified as FVOCI and includes a £10 million charge (30 June
2024 - £4 million release) related to contingent
liabilities.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Segmental loans and impairment metrics (reviewed)
-
Retail
Banking -
Asset quality and arrears rates remained stable and within
expectations for the first half of 2025. The overall increase in
good book and total ECL coverage was driven by the acquisition of
the Sainsbury's Bank portfolio which, in conjunction with continued
organic growth on cards and personal loan portfolios, increased the
unsecured portfolio mix. The ECL coverage levels on the Sainsbury's
Bank portfolio reflected its strong book quality. Good book
coverage on the existing Retail Banking book decreased, reflecting
stable portfolio arrears and default trends, as well as resilience
to affordability risk concerns. This resilience was notably
supported by the reduction in the cost of living post model
adjustment on mortgages, supported by reduced default outcomes in
at-risk segments. The ECL increases from the latest economic update
were minimal. The reduction in Stage 3 ratios was influenced by
both the acquisition of the Sainsbury's Bank portfolio on unsecured
and an enhancement to the application of the definition of default
used on mortgages. The latter resulted in a £0.4 billion
migration of loans from Stage 3 back to the good book. Flow rates
into Stage 3 remained consistent with 31 December
2024.
-
Commercial
& Institutional -
ECL coverage increased in the first half of the year reflecting a
small number of individual charges in Stage 3. Despite the increase
in Stage 3 charges compared to the first half of 2024, loan
balances flowing into Stage 3 were marginally lower. Stage 3
charges were partially offset through good book releases from
improved portfolio risk metrics and a reduction in post model
adjustments. Increased loan balances combined with reducing good
ECL drove reduced coverage in both Stage 1 and Stage 2. Write-offs
were broadly consistent with the first half of
2024.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Sector analysis - portfolio summary (reviewed)
The table below shows financial assets and off-balance sheet
exposures gross of ECL and related ECL provisions, impairment and
past due by sector, asset quality and geographical
region.
|
|
Personal
|
|
Non-Personal
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Credit
|
Other
|
|
|
Corporate
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages (1)
|
cards
|
personal
|
Total
|
|
and other
|
institutions
|
Sovereign
|
Total
|
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
Loans by geography
|
213,336
|
8,137
|
11,439
|
232,912
|
|
112,911
|
70,884
|
1,184
|
184,979
|
|
417,891
|
|
-
UK
|
213,323
|
8,137
|
11,439
|
232,899
|
|
98,210
|
46,126
|
491
|
144,827
|
|
377,726
|
|
- Other
Europe
|
13
|
-
|
-
|
13
|
|
6,584
|
12,010
|
364
|
18,958
|
|
18,971
|
|
-
RoW
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
8,117
|
12,748
|
329
|
21,194
|
|
21,194
|
|
Loans by stage
|
213,336
|
8,137
|
11,439
|
232,912
|
|
112,911
|
70,884
|
1,184
|
184,979
|
|
417,891
|
|
- Stage
1
|
189,743
|
6,011
|
9,024
|
204,778
|
|
95,737
|
70,335
|
1,025
|
167,097
|
|
371,875
|
|
- Stage
2
|
21,477
|
1,917
|
1,455
|
24,849
|
|
14,780
|
422
|
142
|
15,344
|
|
40,193
|
|
- Stage
3
|
2,116
|
209
|
960
|
3,285
|
|
2,394
|
127
|
17
|
2,538
|
|
5,823
|
|
- Of which:
individual
|
138
|
-
|
25
|
163
|
|
1,222
|
120
|
17
|
1,359
|
|
1,522
|
|
- Of which:
collective
|
1,978
|
209
|
935
|
3,122
|
|
1,172
|
7
|
-
|
1,179
|
|
4,301
|
|
Loans - past due
analysis (2)
|
213,336
|
8,137
|
11,439
|
232,912
|
|
112,911
|
70,884
|
1,184
|
184,979
|
|
417,891
|
|
- Not past
due
|
210,041
|
7,872
|
10,438
|
228,351
|
|
109,838
|
69,858
|
1,167
|
180,863
|
|
409,214
|
|
- Past due
1-30 days
|
1,559
|
61
|
78
|
1,698
|
|
1,802
|
1,007
|
-
|
2,809
|
|
4,507
|
|
- Past due
31-90 days
|
620
|
65
|
117
|
802
|
|
390
|
9
|
-
|
399
|
|
1,201
|
|
- Past due
90-180 days
|
368
|
52
|
108
|
528
|
|
98
|
-
|
-
|
98
|
|
626
|
|
- Past due
>180 days
|
748
|
87
|
698
|
1,533
|
|
783
|
10
|
17
|
810
|
|
2,343
|
|
Loans - Stage 2
|
21,477
|
1,917
|
1,455
|
24,849
|
|
14,780
|
422
|
142
|
15,344
|
|
40,193
|
|
- Not past
due
|
20,093
|
1,836
|
1,331
|
23,260
|
|
13,906
|
410
|
142
|
14,458
|
|
37,718
|
|
- Past due
1-30 days
|
1,082
|
36
|
42
|
1,160
|
|
540
|
3
|
-
|
543
|
|
1,703
|
|
- Past due
31-90 days
|
302
|
45
|
82
|
429
|
|
334
|
9
|
-
|
343
|
|
772
|
|
Weighted average
life
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- ECL measurement
(years)
|
8
|
4
|
5
|
5
|
|
6
|
4
|
nm
|
6
|
|
6
|
|
Weighted average 12 months PDs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- IFRS 9 (%)
|
0.52
|
3.35
|
4.75
|
0.77
|
|
1.19
|
0.18
|
6.13
|
0.82
|
|
0.80
|
|
- Basel (%)
|
0.68
|
3.77
|
3.33
|
0.88
|
|
1.08
|
0.16
|
6.13
|
0.75
|
|
0.82
|
|
ECL provisions by geography
|
386
|
472
|
1,099
|
1,957
|
|
1,527
|
144
|
22
|
1,693
|
|
3,650
|
|
-
UK
|
386
|
472
|
1,099
|
1,957
|
|
1,361
|
90
|
13
|
1,464
|
|
3,421
|
|
- Other
Europe
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
106
|
10
|
-
|
116
|
|
116
|
|
-
RoW
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
60
|
44
|
9
|
113
|
|
113
|
|
ECL provisions by
stage
|
386
|
472
|
1,099
|
1,957
|
|
1,527
|
144
|
22
|
1,693
|
|
3,650
|
|
- Stage
1
|
59
|
128
|
178
|
365
|
|
232
|
37
|
14
|
283
|
|
648
|
|
- Stage
2
|
51
|
197
|
178
|
426
|
|
305
|
8
|
2
|
315
|
|
741
|
|
- Stage
3
|
276
|
147
|
743
|
1,166
|
|
990
|
99
|
6
|
1,095
|
|
2,261
|
|
- Of which:
individual
|
12
|
-
|
15
|
27
|
|
482
|
96
|
6
|
584
|
|
611
|
|
- Of which:
collective
|
264
|
147
|
728
|
1,139
|
|
508
|
3
|
-
|
511
|
|
1,650
|
For the notes to this table refer to page 32.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Sector analysis - portfolio summary (reviewed)
|
|
Personal
|
|
Non-Personal
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Credit
|
Other
|
|
|
Corporate
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages (1)
|
cards
|
personal
|
Total
|
|
and other
|
institutions
|
Sovereign
|
Total
|
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
ECL provisions coverage (%)
|
0.18
|
5.80
|
9.61
|
0.84
|
|
1.35
|
0.20
|
1.86
|
0.92
|
|
0.87
|
|
- Stage 1
(%)
|
0.03
|
2.13
|
1.97
|
0.18
|
|
0.24
|
0.05
|
1.37
|
0.17
|
|
0.17
|
|
- Stage 2
(%)
|
0.24
|
10.28
|
12.23
|
1.71
|
|
2.06
|
1.90
|
1.41
|
2.05
|
|
1.84
|
|
- Stage 3
(%)
|
13.04
|
70.33
|
77.40
|
35.49
|
|
41.35
|
77.95
|
35.29
|
43.14
|
|
38.83
|
|
ECL (release)/charge
|
(86)
|
143
|
172
|
229
|
|
101
|
52
|
-
|
153
|
|
382
|
|
-
UK
|
(86)
|
143
|
172
|
229
|
|
97
|
51
|
-
|
148
|
|
377
|
|
- Other
Europe
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
3
|
2
|
-
|
5
|
|
5
|
|
-
RoW
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
1
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
Amounts written-off
|
13
|
52
|
30
|
95
|
|
97
|
-
|
-
|
97
|
|
192
|
|
Loans by residual maturity
|
213,336
|
8,137
|
11,439
|
232,912
|
|
112,911
|
70,884
|
1,184
|
184,979
|
|
417,891
|
|
-
≤1 year
|
2,151
|
2,594
|
2,920
|
7,665
|
|
32,591
|
52,260
|
344
|
85,195
|
|
92,860
|
|
-
>1 and ≤5 year
|
8,453
|
5,543
|
6,873
|
20,869
|
|
49,964
|
13,956
|
497
|
64,417
|
|
85,286
|
|
-
>5 and ≤15 year
|
42,661
|
-
|
1,642
|
44,303
|
|
22,203
|
4,532
|
309
|
27,044
|
|
71,347
|
|
-
>15 year
|
160,071
|
-
|
4
|
160,075
|
|
8,153
|
136
|
34
|
8,323
|
|
168,398
|
|
Other financial assets by asset
quality (3)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
4,584
|
25,530
|
130,211
|
160,325
|
|
160,325
|
|
-
AQ1-AQ4
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
4,582
|
25,400
|
130,211
|
160,193
|
|
160,193
|
|
-
AQ5-AQ8
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
2
|
130
|
-
|
132
|
|
132
|
|
Off-balance sheet
|
14,489
|
25,919
|
7,739
|
48,147
|
|
76,535
|
21,510
|
192
|
98,237
|
|
146,384
|
|
- Loan
commitments
|
14,489
|
25,919
|
7,701
|
48,109
|
|
73,735
|
20,157
|
192
|
94,084
|
|
142,193
|
|
- Contingent
liabilities
|
-
|
-
|
38
|
38
|
|
2,800
|
1,353
|
-
|
4,153
|
|
4,191
|
|
Off-balance sheet by asset
quality (3)
|
14,489
|
25,919
|
7,739
|
48,147
|
|
76,535
|
21,510
|
192
|
98,237
|
|
146,384
|
|
-
AQ1-AQ4
|
13,642
|
516
|
6,296
|
20,454
|
|
48,124
|
19,608
|
121
|
67,853
|
|
88,307
|
|
-
AQ5-AQ8
|
836
|
25,021
|
1,391
|
27,248
|
|
28,030
|
1,858
|
16
|
29,904
|
|
57,152
|
|
-
AQ9
|
1
|
13
|
23
|
37
|
|
26
|
-
|
55
|
81
|
|
118
|
|
-
AQ10
|
10
|
369
|
29
|
408
|
|
355
|
44
|
-
|
399
|
|
807
|
For the notes to this table refer to page 32.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Sector analysis - portfolio summary (reviewed)
|
|
Personal
|
|
Non-Personal
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Credit
|
Other
|
|
|
Corporate
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages (1)
|
cards
|
personal
|
Total
|
|
and other
|
institutions
|
Sovereign
|
Total
|
|
Total
|
|
31 December 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
Loans by geography
|
209,846
|
6,930
|
9,749
|
226,525
|
|
111,734
|
70,321
|
1,645
|
183,700
|
|
410,225
|
|
-
UK
|
209,846
|
6,930
|
9,749
|
226,525
|
|
97,409
|
43,412
|
562
|
141,383
|
|
367,908
|
|
- Other
Europe
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
6,311
|
14,747
|
766
|
21,824
|
|
21,824
|
|
-
RoW
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
8,014
|
12,162
|
317
|
20,493
|
|
20,493
|
|
Loans by stage
|
209,846
|
6,930
|
9,749
|
226,525
|
|
111,734
|
70,321
|
1,645
|
183,700
|
|
410,225
|
|
- Stage
1
|
186,250
|
4,801
|
7,267
|
198,318
|
|
94,991
|
69,021
|
1,491
|
165,503
|
|
363,821
|
|
- Stage
2
|
21,061
|
1,953
|
1,622
|
24,636
|
|
14,464
|
1,241
|
133
|
15,838
|
|
40,474
|
|
- Stage
3
|
2,535
|
176
|
860
|
3,571
|
|
2,279
|
59
|
21
|
2,359
|
|
5,930
|
|
- Of which:
individual
|
141
|
-
|
26
|
167
|
|
1,046
|
51
|
21
|
1,118
|
|
1,285
|
|
- Of which:
collective
|
2,394
|
176
|
834
|
3,404
|
|
1,233
|
8
|
-
|
1,241
|
|
4,645
|
|
Loans - past due
analysis (2)
|
209,846
|
6,930
|
9,749
|
226,525
|
|
111,734
|
70,321
|
1,645
|
183,700
|
|
410,225
|
|
- Not past
due
|
206,739
|
6,721
|
8,865
|
222,325
|
|
107,855
|
70,055
|
1,627
|
179,537
|
|
401,862
|
|
- Past due
1-30 days
|
1,404
|
50
|
70
|
1,524
|
|
2,530
|
211
|
-
|
2,741
|
|
4,265
|
|
- Past due
31-90 days
|
580
|
51
|
99
|
730
|
|
398
|
2
|
18
|
418
|
|
1,148
|
|
- Past due
90-180 days
|
408
|
41
|
96
|
545
|
|
139
|
49
|
-
|
188
|
|
733
|
|
- Past due
>180 days
|
715
|
67
|
619
|
1,401
|
|
812
|
4
|
-
|
816
|
|
2,217
|
|
Loans - Stage 2
|
21,061
|
1,953
|
1,622
|
24,636
|
|
14,464
|
1,241
|
133
|
15,838
|
|
40,474
|
|
- Not past
due
|
19,939
|
1,889
|
1,521
|
23,349
|
|
13,485
|
1,228
|
133
|
14,846
|
|
38,195
|
|
- Past due
1-30 days
|
853
|
31
|
37
|
921
|
|
640
|
11
|
-
|
651
|
|
1,572
|
|
- Past due
31-90 days
|
269
|
33
|
64
|
366
|
|
339
|
2
|
-
|
341
|
|
707
|
|
Weighted average life
|
|
||||||||||
|
- ECL measurement
(years)
|
8
|
4
|
6
|
6
|
|
6
|
2
|
nm
|
6
|
|
6
|
|
Weighted average 12 months PDs
|
|
||||||||||
|
- IFRS 9 (%)
|
0.51
|
3.23
|
4.59
|
0.76
|
|
1.24
|
0.16
|
5.51
|
0.86
|
|
0.80
|
|
- Basel (%)
|
0.68
|
3.65
|
3.18
|
0.87
|
|
1.11
|
0.15
|
4.16
|
0.76
|
|
0.82
|
|
ECL provisions by geography
|
462
|
381
|
969
|
1,812
|
|
1,504
|
90
|
19
|
1,613
|
|
3,425
|
|
-
UK
|
462
|
381
|
969
|
1,812
|
|
1,335
|
37
|
12
|
1,384
|
|
3,196
|
|
- Other
Europe
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
109
|
9
|
-
|
118
|
|
118
|
|
-
RoW
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
60
|
44
|
7
|
111
|
|
111
|
|
ECL provisions by
stage
|
462
|
381
|
969
|
1,812
|
|
1,504
|
90
|
19
|
1,613
|
|
3,425
|
|
- Stage
1
|
77
|
77
|
130
|
284
|
|
264
|
38
|
12
|
314
|
|
598
|
|
- Stage
2
|
60
|
186
|
183
|
429
|
|
344
|
12
|
2
|
358
|
|
787
|
|
- Stage
3
|
325
|
118
|
656
|
1,099
|
|
896
|
40
|
5
|
941
|
|
2,040
|
|
- Of which:
individual
|
11
|
-
|
17
|
28
|
|
382
|
36
|
5
|
423
|
|
451
|
|
- Of which:
collective
|
314
|
118
|
639
|
1,071
|
|
514
|
4
|
-
|
518
|
|
1,589
|
For the notes to this table refer to the following
page.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Sector analysis - portfolio summary (reviewed)
|
|
Personal
|
|
Non-Personal
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Credit
|
Other
|
|
|
Corporate
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages (1)
|
cards
|
personal
|
Total
|
|
and other
|
institutions
|
Sovereign
|
Total
|
|
Total
|
|
31 December 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
ECL provisions
coverage (%)
|
0.22
|
5.50
|
9.94
|
0.80
|
|
1.35
|
0.13
|
1.16
|
0.88
|
|
0.83
|
|
- Stage 1
(%)
|
0.04
|
1.60
|
1.79
|
0.14
|
|
0.28
|
0.06
|
0.80
|
0.19
|
|
0.16
|
|
- Stage 2
(%)
|
0.28
|
9.52
|
11.28
|
1.74
|
|
2.38
|
0.97
|
1.50
|
2.26
|
|
1.94
|
|
- Stage 3
(%)
|
12.82
|
67.05
|
76.28
|
30.78
|
|
39.32
|
67.80
|
23.81
|
39.89
|
|
34.40
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Half year ended 30 June 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ECL
(release)/charge (4)
|
(19)
|
51
|
91
|
123
|
|
(95)
|
19
|
1
|
(75)
|
|
48
|
|
-
UK
|
(19)
|
51
|
91
|
123
|
|
(82)
|
(4)
|
-
|
(86)
|
|
37
|
|
- Other
Europe
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(7)
|
(6)
|
-
|
(13)
|
|
(13)
|
|
-
RoW
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(6)
|
29
|
1.0
|
24
|
|
24
|
|
Amounts written-off (4)
|
9
|
38
|
224
|
271
|
|
98
|
-
|
-
|
98
|
|
369
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans by residual maturity
|
209,846
|
6,930
|
9,749
|
226,525
|
|
111,734
|
70,321
|
1,645
|
183,700
|
|
410,225
|
|
-
≤1 year
|
3,367
|
3,903
|
3,186
|
10,456
|
|
34,929
|
54,971
|
822
|
90,722
|
|
101,178
|
|
-
>1 and ≤5 year
|
11,651
|
3,027
|
5,551
|
20,229
|
|
48,075
|
10,967
|
488
|
59,530
|
|
79,759
|
|
-
>5 and ≤15 year
|
45,454
|
-
|
1,006
|
46,460
|
|
20,623
|
4,270
|
298
|
25,191
|
|
71,651
|
|
-
>15 year
|
149,374
|
-
|
6
|
149,380
|
|
8,107
|
113
|
37
|
8,257
|
|
157,637
|
|
Other financial assets by asset
quality (3)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
3,644
|
31,102
|
119,502
|
154,248
|
|
154,248
|
|
-
AQ1-AQ4
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
3,639
|
30,743
|
119,502
|
153,884
|
|
153,884
|
|
-
AQ5-AQ8
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
5
|
359
|
-
|
364
|
|
364
|
|
Off-balance sheet
|
13,806
|
20,135
|
7,947
|
41,888
|
|
75,964
|
21,925
|
239
|
98,128
|
|
140,016
|
|
- Loan
commitments
|
13,806
|
20,135
|
7,906
|
41,847
|
|
72,940
|
20,341
|
239
|
93,520
|
|
135,367
|
|
- Contingent
liabilities
|
-
|
-
|
41
|
41
|
|
3,024
|
1,584
|
-
|
4,608
|
|
4,649
|
|
Off-balance sheet by asset
quality (3)
|
13,806
|
20,135
|
7,947
|
41,888
|
|
75,964
|
21,925
|
239
|
98,128
|
|
140,016
|
|
-
AQ1-AQ4
|
12,951
|
510
|
6,568
|
20,029
|
|
47,896
|
20,063
|
155
|
68,114
|
|
88,143
|
|
-
AQ5-AQ8
|
839
|
19,276
|
1,336
|
21,451
|
|
27,657
|
1,813
|
21
|
29,491
|
|
50,942
|
|
-
AQ9
|
1
|
12
|
17
|
30
|
|
19
|
-
|
63
|
82
|
|
112
|
|
-
AQ10
|
15
|
337
|
26
|
378
|
|
392
|
49
|
-
|
441
|
|
819
|
(1) Includes a portion of
Private Banking & Wealth Management lending secured against
residential real estate, in line with ECL calculation methodology.
Private Banking & Wealth Management and RBS International
personal products are reported in the UK, reflecting the country of
lending origination and includes crown dependencies.
(2) AQ bandings are based on
Basel PDs and mapping as follows:
|
Internal
asset quality band
|
Probability
of default range
|
Indicative
S&P rating
|
|
Internal
asset quality band
|
Probability
of default range
|
Indicative
S&P rating
|
|
AQ1
|
0% -
0.034%
|
AAA to
AA
|
|
AQ6
|
1.076%
- 2.153%
|
BB- to
B+
|
|
AQ2
|
0.034%
- 0.048%
|
AA to
AA-
|
|
AQ7
|
2.153%
- 6.089%
|
B+ to
B
|
|
AQ3
|
0.048%
- 0.095%
|
A+ to
A
|
|
AQ8
|
6.089%
- 17.222%
|
B- to
CCC+
|
|
AQ4
|
0.095%
- 0.381%
|
BBB+ to
BBB-
|
|
AQ9
|
17.222%
- 100%
|
CCC to
C
|
|
AQ5
|
0.381%
- 1.076%
|
BB+ to
BB
|
|
AQ10
|
100%
|
D
|
£0.4 billion (31 December 2024 - £0.3 billion) of AQ10
Personal balances primarily relate to loan commitments, the
drawdown of which is effectively prohibited.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Sector analysis - portfolio summary (reviewed)
The table below shows ECL by stage, for the Personal portfolio and
Non-Personal portfolio, including the three largest borrowing
sector clusters included in corporate and other.
|
|
Loans - amortised cost and FVOCI
|
|
Off-balance sheet
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
Loan
|
Contingent
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
commitments
|
liabilities
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Personal
|
204,778
|
24,849
|
3,285
|
232,912
|
|
48,109
|
38
|
|
365
|
426
|
1,166
|
1,957
|
|
Mortgages (1)
|
189,743
|
21,477
|
2,116
|
213,336
|
|
14,489
|
-
|
|
59
|
51
|
276
|
386
|
|
Credit
cards
|
6,011
|
1,917
|
209
|
8,137
|
|
25,919
|
-
|
|
128
|
197
|
147
|
472
|
|
Other
personal
|
9,024
|
1,455
|
960
|
11,439
|
|
7,701
|
38
|
|
178
|
178
|
743
|
1,099
|
|
Non-Personal
|
167,097
|
15,344
|
2,538
|
184,979
|
|
94,084
|
4,153
|
|
283
|
315
|
1,095
|
1,693
|
|
Financial institutions (2)
|
70,335
|
422
|
127
|
70,884
|
|
20,157
|
1,353
|
|
37
|
8
|
99
|
144
|
|
Sovereigns
|
1,025
|
142
|
17
|
1,184
|
|
192
|
-
|
|
14
|
2
|
6
|
22
|
|
Corporate
and other
|
95,737
|
14,780
|
2,394
|
112,911
|
|
73,735
|
2,800
|
|
232
|
305
|
990
|
1,527
|
|
Of which:
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Commercial
real estate
|
16,855
|
1,274
|
368
|
18,497
|
|
6,637
|
161
|
|
64
|
26
|
135
|
225
|
|
Mobility and
logistics
|
13,990
|
2,280
|
121
|
16,391
|
|
10,036
|
499
|
|
25
|
35
|
39
|
99
|
|
Consumer
industries
|
12,882
|
2,592
|
445
|
15,919
|
|
10,891
|
517
|
|
32
|
71
|
202
|
305
|
|
Total
|
371,875
|
40,193
|
5,823
|
417,891
|
|
142,193
|
4,191
|
|
648
|
741
|
2,261
|
3,650
|
|
|
Loans - amortised cost and FVOCI
|
|
Off-balance sheet
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
Loan
|
Contingent
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
commitments
|
liabilities
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
31 December 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Personal
|
198,318
|
24,636
|
3,571
|
226,525
|
|
41,847
|
41
|
|
284
|
429
|
1,099
|
1,812
|
|
Mortgages (1)
|
186,250
|
21,061
|
2,535
|
209,846
|
|
13,806
|
-
|
|
77
|
60
|
325
|
462
|
|
Credit
cards
|
4,801
|
1,953
|
176
|
6,930
|
|
20,135
|
-
|
|
77
|
186
|
118
|
381
|
|
Other
personal
|
7,267
|
1,622
|
860
|
9,749
|
|
7,906
|
41
|
|
130
|
183
|
656
|
969
|
|
Non-Personal
|
165,503
|
15,838
|
2,359
|
183,700
|
|
93,520
|
4,608
|
|
314
|
358
|
941
|
1,613
|
|
Financial institutions (2)
|
69,021
|
1,241
|
59
|
70,321
|
|
20,341
|
1,584
|
|
38
|
12
|
40
|
90
|
|
Sovereigns
|
1,491
|
133
|
21
|
1,645
|
|
239
|
-
|
|
12
|
2
|
5
|
19
|
|
Corporate
and other
|
94,991
|
14,464
|
2,279
|
111,734
|
|
72,940
|
3,024
|
|
264
|
344
|
896
|
1,504
|
|
Of which:
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|||
|
Commercial
real estate
|
16,191
|
1,517
|
433
|
18,141
|
|
6,661
|
143
|
|
70
|
30
|
146
|
246
|
|
Mobility and
logistics
|
13,363
|
2,384
|
148
|
15,895
|
|
9,367
|
595
|
|
26
|
35
|
67
|
128
|
|
Consumer
industries
|
13,312
|
3,015
|
444
|
16,771
|
|
10,706
|
595
|
|
45
|
90
|
188
|
323
|
|
Total
|
363,821
|
40,474
|
5,930
|
410,225
|
|
135,367
|
4,649
|
|
598
|
787
|
2,040
|
3,425
|
(1) As
at 30 June 2025, £140.1 billion, 65.7%, of the total
residential mortgages portfolio had Energy Performance Certificate
(EPC) data available (31 December 2024 - £139.1 billion,
66.3%). Of which, 47.7% were rated as EPC A to C (31 December 2024
- 46.3%).
(2) Includes transactions, such as
securitisations, where the underlying risk may be in other
sectors.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Non-Personal forbearance (reviewed)
The table below shows Non-Personal forbearance, Heightened
Monitoring and Risk of Credit Loss by sector. This table shows
current exposure but reflects risk transfers where there is a
guarantee by another customer.
|
|
Corporate and
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
|
other
|
institutions
|
Sovereign
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Forbearance (flow)
|
2,287
|
66
|
14
|
2,367
|
|
Forbearance (stock)
|
4,267
|
117
|
14
|
4,398
|
|
Heightened Monitoring and Risk of Credit Loss
|
5,812
|
88
|
1
|
5,901
|
|
|
||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forbearance (flow)
|
3,359
|
119
|
18
|
3,496
|
|
Forbearance (stock)
|
4,556
|
106
|
18
|
4,680
|
|
Heightened Monitoring and Risk of Credit Loss
|
5,931
|
150
|
1
|
6,082
|
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
-
Loans by
geography and sector -
In line with NatWest Group's strategic focus, exposures continued
to be mainly in the UK.
-
Loans by
stage -
The increase in Stage 1, reflected the growth in Personal lending
on both mortgages and unsecured lending, alongside the acquisition
of the Sainsbury's Bank portfolio. Stage 2 balances remained stable
compared to 31 December 2024. Similarly, Stage 3 balances remained
stable overall, with a modest increase in Non-Personal Stage 3
balance, due to a small number of defaults, spread across different
sectors. This was largely offset by the reduction seen in Personal
mortgages, due to an enhancement to the application of the
definition of default used on mortgages, resulting in a migration
of loans back to the good book.
-
Loans - Past
due analysis - Within
the Personal portfolio, arrears balances increased during H1 2025,
however, this was in line with expectations following periods of
balance growth. Arrears inflow rates remained stable. In
Non-Personal, the total level of past due loans was broadly stable
since 31 December 2024, but with some offsetting movements in early
arrears by sector. Stage 2 loans past due reduced, in line with
overall Stage 2 reductions.
-
Weighted
average 12 months PDs - Both
IFRS 9 and Basel PDs remained broadly stable during the year. In
Non-Personal, some reductions were observed in IFRS 9 PDs in the
corporate portfolio due to economic and portfolio improvements. PDs
in sovereigns increased due to new lending, which is fully backed
by government guarantees.
-
ECL provisions
by stage and ECL provisions coverage -
Overall provisions coverage increased since 31 December 2024,
following a small number of individual Stage 3 charges in
Non-Personal and an increase in good book ECL coverage in the
Personal portfolio. This was driven by the portfolio acquisition
from Sainsbury's Bank which increased the unsecured mix of the
Personal portfolio. Reductions in judgemental post model
adjustments mitigated the effect of some of these ECL
increases.
-
ECL
charge -
The H1 2025 impairment charge of £382 million, primarily
reflected a small number of individual charges in the Commercial
& Institutional portfolio alongside the initial ECL cost from
the portfolio acquisition from Sainsbury's Bank within Personal.
This was partially offset by post model adjustment releases in the
good book and the ECL release on Personal, with the migration of
assets back to the good book from Stage 3, following an enhancement
to the application of the definition of default used on
mortgages.
-
Loans by
residual maturity -
In mortgages, as expected, the vast majority of exposures were
greater than five years. In unsecured lending, cards and other,
exposures were concentrated in less than five years. In
Non-Personal, most loans mature in less than five
years.
-
Other
financial assets by asset quality -
Consisting almost entirely of balances at central banks and debt
securities held in the course of treasury related management
activities, these assets were mainly within the AQ1-AQ4
bands.
-
Off-balance
sheet exposures by asset quality -
In Personal, undrawn exposures were reflective of available credit
lines in credit cards and current accounts. Additionally, the
mortgage portfolio had undrawn exposures, where a formal offer had
been made to a customer but had not yet drawn down; the value
increased in line with the pipeline of offers. The off-balance
sheet commitments for credit cards increased due to the Sainsbury's
Bank portfolio acquisition. In Non-Personal, off-balance sheet
exposure consisted primarily of undrawn loan commitments to
customers along with contingent liabilities. The AQ band split of
off-balance sheet exposures broadly mirrored the drawn loans
portfolio for non-defaulted exposures.
-
Non-Personal
problem debt -
Exposures in the Problem Debt Management framework reduced during
H1 2025 due to some corporate customers moving out of the
framework. There was no change in the reasons for customers moving
into the Problem Debt Management framework, with trading issues and
cash/liquidity being the main drivers.
-
Non-Personal
forbearance -
Exposures classified as forborne reduced marginally across multiple
sectors, leading to lower stock values in corporates. A portion of
forbearance flows related to cases in Customer Lending Services
subject to repeated forbearance.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Personal portfolio (reviewed)
Disclosures in the Personal portfolio section include drawn
exposure (gross of provisions).
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||||||
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Total
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Total
|
|
Personal lending
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Mortgages
|
198,260
|
12,871
|
2,160
|
13
|
213,304
|
|
194,865
|
12,826
|
2,161
|
-
|
209,852
|
|
Of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner
occupied
|
179,036
|
11,475
|
1,466
|
12
|
191,989
|
|
176,137
|
11,348
|
1,457
|
-
|
188,942
|
|
Buy-to-let
|
19,224
|
1,396
|
694
|
1
|
21,315
|
|
18,728
|
1,478
|
704
|
-
|
20,910
|
|
Interest only
|
21,919
|
11,371
|
424
|
-
|
33,714
|
|
22,186
|
11,276
|
437
|
-
|
33,899
|
|
Mixed (1)
|
10,333
|
33
|
4
|
-
|
10,370
|
|
10,384
|
40
|
8
|
-
|
10,432
|
|
ECL provisions (2)
|
363
|
13
|
10
|
-
|
386
|
|
440
|
12
|
10
|
-
|
462
|
|
Other personal
lending (3)
|
17,774
|
1,479
|
233
|
-
|
19,486
|
|
15,045
|
1,301
|
242
|
-
|
16,588
|
|
ECL provisions (2)
|
1,551
|
13
|
3
|
-
|
1,567
|
|
1,330
|
12
|
3
|
-
|
1,345
|
|
Total personal lending
|
216,034
|
14,350
|
2,393
|
13
|
232,790
|
|
209,910
|
14,127
|
2,403
|
-
|
226,440
|
|
Mortgage LTV ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied
|
56%
|
59%
|
57%
|
49%
|
56%
|
|
56%
|
59%
|
56%
|
-
|
56%
|
|
Stage
1
|
56%
|
59%
|
56%
|
-
|
56%
|
|
56%
|
59%
|
55%
|
-
|
56%
|
|
Stage
2
|
55%
|
58%
|
57%
|
34%
|
55%
|
|
55%
|
61%
|
56%
|
-
|
55%
|
|
Stage
3
|
50%
|
62%
|
65%
|
91%
|
51%
|
|
50%
|
64%
|
74%
|
-
|
51%
|
|
Buy-to-let
|
53%
|
60%
|
55%
|
35%
|
54%
|
|
53%
|
60%
|
52%
|
-
|
53%
|
|
Stage
1
|
54%
|
60%
|
54%
|
-
|
54%
|
|
54%
|
60%
|
51%
|
-
|
54%
|
|
Stage
2
|
52%
|
57%
|
54%
|
35%
|
52%
|
|
52%
|
57%
|
55%
|
-
|
52%
|
|
Stage
3
|
52%
|
57%
|
66%
|
35%
|
54%
|
|
52%
|
56%
|
59%
|
-
|
53%
|
|
Gross new mortgage
lending
|
15,991
|
745
|
125
|
-
|
16,861
|
|
26,440
|
1,395
|
257
|
-
|
28,092
|
|
Of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner
occupied
|
14,834
|
701
|
90
|
-
|
15,625
|
|
25,300
|
1,266
|
183
|
-
|
26,749
|
|
- LTV >
90%
|
818
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
818
|
|
888
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
888
|
|
Weighted average
LTV (4)
|
71%
|
66%
|
61%
|
-
|
71%
|
|
70%
|
63%
|
71%
|
-
|
70%
|
|
Buy-to-let
|
1,157
|
44
|
35
|
-
|
1,236
|
|
1,140
|
129
|
74
|
-
|
1,343
|
|
Weighted average
LTV (4)
|
62%
|
62%
|
61%
|
-
|
62%
|
|
61%
|
62%
|
56%
|
-
|
61%
|
|
Interest
only
|
1,182
|
677
|
19
|
-
|
1,878
|
|
1,575
|
1,238
|
42
|
-
|
2,855
|
|
Mixed (1)
|
520
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
521
|
|
1,150
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
1,151
|
For the notes to this table refer to the following
page.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Personal portfolio (reviewed)
continued
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||||||
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Total
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Total
|
|
Mortgage forbearance
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Forbearance flow (5)
|
196
|
12
|
1
|
-
|
209
|
|
473
|
8
|
6
|
-
|
487
|
|
Forbearance stock
|
1,764
|
14
|
12
|
1
|
1,791
|
|
1,680
|
20
|
15
|
-
|
1,715
|
|
Current
|
1,270
|
3
|
4
|
-
|
1,277
|
|
1,214
|
9
|
10
|
-
|
1,233
|
|
1-3 months in
arrears
|
159
|
11
|
1
|
-
|
171
|
|
146
|
9
|
-
|
-
|
155
|
|
> 3 months
in arrears
|
335
|
-
|
7
|
1
|
343
|
|
320
|
2
|
5
|
-
|
327
|
(1) Includes
accounts which have an interest only sub-account and a capital and
interest sub-account to provide a more comprehensive view of
interest only exposures.
(2) Retail
Banking excludes a non-material amount of lending and provisions
held on relatively small legacy portfolios.
(3) Comprises
unsecured lending except for Private Banking & Wealth
Management, which includes both secured and unsecured lending. It
excludes loans that are commercial in nature.
(4) New
mortgage lending LTV reflects the LTV at the time of
lending.
(5) Forbearance
flows only include an account once per year, although some accounts
may be subject to multiple forbearance deals. Forbearance deals
post default are excluded from these flows.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Personal portfolio (reviewed)
Mortgage LTV distribution by stage
The table below shows gross mortgage lending and related ECL by LTV
band for the Retail Banking portfolio.
|
|
Mortgages
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|
ECL provisions
coverage
|
|||||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
≤50%
|
66,045
|
8,771
|
965
|
75,781
|
|
16
|
13
|
126
|
155
|
|
-
|
0.1
|
13.1
|
0.2
|
|
>50% and ≤70%
|
63,404
|
7,796
|
684
|
71,884
|
|
21
|
19
|
86
|
126
|
|
-
|
0.2
|
12.6
|
0.2
|
|
>70% and ≤80%
|
25,372
|
2,496
|
145
|
28,013
|
|
10
|
9
|
19
|
38
|
|
-
|
0.4
|
13.1
|
0.1
|
|
>80% and ≤90%
|
17,133
|
1,806
|
80
|
19,019
|
|
7
|
9
|
13
|
29
|
|
-
|
0.5
|
16.3
|
0.2
|
|
>90% and ≤100%
|
2,873
|
243
|
19
|
3,135
|
|
1
|
1
|
4
|
6
|
|
-
|
0.4
|
21.1
|
0.2
|
|
>100%
|
11
|
2
|
9
|
22
|
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
5
|
|
-
|
-
|
55.6
|
22.7
|
|
Total with LTVs
|
174,838
|
21,114
|
1,902
|
197,854
|
|
55
|
51
|
253
|
359
|
|
-
|
0.2
|
13.3
|
0.2
|
|
Other
|
404
|
1
|
1
|
406
|
|
3
|
-
|
1
|
4
|
|
0.7
|
-
|
100.0
|
1.0
|
|
Total
|
175,242
|
21,115
|
1,903
|
198,260
|
|
58
|
51
|
254
|
363
|
|
-
|
0.2
|
13.3
|
0.2
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
≤50%
|
64,040
|
8,344
|
1,159
|
73,543
|
|
21
|
16
|
153
|
190
|
|
-
|
0.2
|
13.2
|
0.3
|
|
>50% and ≤70%
|
61,739
|
7,741
|
855
|
70,335
|
|
29
|
23
|
104
|
156
|
|
-
|
0.3
|
12.2
|
0.2
|
|
>70% and ≤80%
|
25,022
|
2,361
|
173
|
27,556
|
|
13
|
9
|
22
|
44
|
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
12.7
|
0.2
|
|
>80% and ≤90%
|
16,718
|
1,769
|
85
|
18,572
|
|
9
|
9
|
13
|
31
|
|
0.1
|
0.5
|
15.3
|
0.2
|
|
>90% and ≤100%
|
4,076
|
512
|
26
|
4,614
|
|
2
|
3
|
5
|
10
|
|
-
|
0.6
|
19.2
|
0.2
|
|
>100%
|
14
|
4
|
13
|
31
|
|
-
|
-
|
6
|
6
|
|
-
|
-
|
46.2
|
19.4
|
|
Total with LTVs
|
171,609
|
20,731
|
2,311
|
194,651
|
|
74
|
60
|
303
|
437
|
|
-
|
0.3
|
13.1
|
0.2
|
|
Other
|
212
|
1
|
1
|
214
|
|
2
|
-
|
1
|
3
|
|
0.9
|
-
|
100.0
|
1.4
|
|
Total
|
171,821
|
20,732
|
2,312
|
194,865
|
|
76
|
60
|
304
|
440
|
|
-
|
0.3
|
13.1
|
0.2
|
-
Mortgage
balances increased during H1 2025 with continued strong new
business in excess of redemptions. Unsecured balances increased,
primarily driven by the acquisition of personal loans and credit
cards from Sainsbury's Bank, as well as underlying credit card
growth.
-
In
line with wider market trends, new business in the mortgage
portfolio was accelerated in Q1 2025, ahead of stamp duty changes
introduced on 1 April 2025. LTV for new business did therefore
increase with a lower proportion of remortgage new business.
Overall portfolio LTV remained stable, with house price growth
reflected in the Office for National Statistics house price indices
and a reduction in redemptions compared to 2024.
-
Portfolios
and new business were closely monitored against agreed operating
limits. These included loan-to-value ratios, buy-to-let
concentrations, new-build concentrations and credit quality.
Lending criteria, affordability calculations and assumptions for
new lending were adjusted during the year, to maintain credit
quality in line with appetite and to ensure customers are assessed
fairly as economic conditions change.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Commercial real estate (CRE) (reviewed)
CRE LTV distribution by stage
The table below shows CRE gross loans and related ECL by LTV
band.
|
|
Gross loans
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|
ECL provisions coverage
|
||||||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
≤50%
|
7,393
|
200
|
51
|
|
7,644
|
|
25
|
4
|
8
|
37
|
|
0.3
|
2.0
|
15.7
|
0.5
|
|
>50% and ≤60%
|
4,166
|
165
|
40
|
|
4,371
|
|
19
|
4
|
4
|
27
|
|
0.5
|
2.4
|
10.0
|
0.6
|
|
>60% and ≤70%
|
689
|
76
|
23
|
|
788
|
|
3
|
2
|
7
|
12
|
|
0.4
|
2.6
|
30.4
|
1.5
|
|
>70% and ≤100%
|
298
|
122
|
51
|
|
471
|
|
1
|
4
|
17
|
22
|
|
0.3
|
3.3
|
33.3
|
4.7
|
|
>100%
|
122
|
8
|
113
|
|
243
|
|
1
|
-
|
57
|
58
|
|
0.8
|
-
|
50.4
|
23.9
|
|
Total with LTVs
|
12,668
|
571
|
278
|
|
13,517
|
|
49
|
14
|
93
|
156
|
|
0.4
|
2.5
|
33.5
|
1.2
|
|
Total portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
average LTV
|
46%
|
59%
|
105%
|
|
48%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Other investment (1)
|
2,169
|
335
|
37
|
|
2,541
|
|
5
|
5
|
15
|
25
|
|
0.2
|
1.5
|
40.5
|
1.0
|
|
Investment
|
14,837
|
906
|
315
|
|
16,058
|
|
54
|
19
|
108
|
181
|
|
0.4
|
2.1
|
34.3
|
1.1
|
|
Development and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
other (2)
|
2,018
|
368
|
53
|
|
2,439
|
|
10
|
7
|
27
|
44
|
|
0.5
|
1.9
|
50.9
|
1.8
|
|
Total
|
16,855
|
1,274
|
368
|
|
18,497
|
|
64
|
26
|
135
|
225
|
|
0.4
|
2.0
|
36.7
|
1.2
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
≤50%
|
7,334
|
380
|
48
|
|
7,762
|
|
28
|
6
|
7
|
41
|
|
0.4
|
1.6
|
14.6
|
0.5
|
|
>50% and ≤60%
|
3,829
|
169
|
53
|
|
4,051
|
|
19
|
5
|
9
|
33
|
|
0.5
|
3.0
|
17.0
|
0.8
|
|
>60% and ≤70%
|
584
|
198
|
34
|
|
816
|
|
3
|
5
|
8
|
16
|
|
0.5
|
2.5
|
23.5
|
2.0
|
|
>70% and ≤100%
|
312
|
83
|
79
|
|
474
|
|
2
|
4
|
21
|
27
|
|
0.6
|
4.8
|
26.6
|
5.7
|
|
>100%
|
139
|
8
|
119
|
|
266
|
|
1
|
-
|
56
|
57
|
|
0.7
|
-
|
47.1
|
21.4
|
|
Total with LTVs
|
12,198
|
838
|
333
|
|
13,369
|
|
53
|
20
|
101
|
174
|
|
0.4
|
2.4
|
30.3
|
1.3
|
|
Total portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
average LTV
|
46%
|
51%
|
102%
|
|
48%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Other investment (1)
|
2,132
|
348
|
41
|
|
2,521
|
|
6
|
6
|
15
|
27
|
|
0.3
|
1.7
|
36.6
|
1.1
|
|
Investment
|
14,330
|
1,186
|
374
|
|
15,890
|
|
59
|
26
|
116
|
201
|
|
0.4
|
2.2
|
31.0
|
1.3
|
|
Development and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
other (2)
|
1,861
|
331
|
59
|
|
2,251
|
|
11
|
4
|
30
|
45
|
|
0.6
|
1.2
|
50.8
|
2.0
|
|
Total
|
16,191
|
1,517
|
433
|
|
18,141
|
|
70
|
30
|
146
|
246
|
|
0.4
|
2.0
|
33.7
|
1.4
|
(1) Relates
mainly to business banking and unsecured corporate
lending.
(2) Related
to the development of commercial residential properties, along with
CRE activities that are not strictly investment or development. LTV
is not a meaningful measure for this type of lending
activity.
-
Overall -
The majority of the CRE portfolio was located and managed in the
UK. Business appetite and strategy was aligned across NatWest
Group.
-
2025 trends -
There was strong growth in the residential sector, with other CRE
sectors remaining broadly flat. LTV profile remained
stable.
-
Credit
quality -
Credit quality improved, with fewer exposures in the Problem Debt
Management framework, and the average portfolio probability of
default holding steady.
-
Risk
appetite -
Lending appetite is subject to regular review.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Flow statements (reviewed)
The flow statements that follow show the main ECL and related
income statement movements. They also show the changes in ECL as
well as the changes in related financial assets used in determining
ECL. Due to differences in scope, exposures may differ from those
reported in other tables, principally in relation to exposures in
Stage 1 and Stage 2. These differences do not have a material ECL
effect. Other points to note:
-
Financial
assets include treasury liquidity portfolios, comprising balances
at central banks and debt securities, as well as loans. Both
modelled and non-modelled portfolios are included.
-
Stage
transfers (for example, exposures moving from Stage 1 into Stage 2)
are a key feature of the ECL movements, with the net re-measurement
cost of transitioning to a worse stage being a primary driver of
income statement charges. Similarly, there is an ECL benefit for
accounts improving stage.
-
Changes
in risk parameters shows the reassessment of the ECL within a given
stage, including any ECL overlays and residual income statement
gains or losses at the point of write-off or accounting
write-down.
-
Other
(P&L only items) includes any subsequent changes in the value
of written-down assets (for example, fortuitous recoveries) along
with other direct write-off items such as direct recovery costs.
Other (P&L only items) affects the income statement but does
not affect balance sheet ECL movements.
-
Amounts
written-off represent the gross asset written-down against accounts
with ECL, including the net asset write-down for any debt sale
activity.
-
There
were some flows from Stage 1 into Stage 3 including transfers due
to unexpected default events with a post model adjustment in place
for Commercial & Institutional to account for this
risk.
-
The
effect of any change in post model adjustments during the year is
typically reported under changes in risk parameters, as are any
effects arising from changes to the underlying models. Refer to the
section on Governance and post model adjustments for further
details.
-
All
movements are captured monthly and aggregated. Interest suspended
post default is included within Stage 3 ECL, with the movement in
the value of suspended interest during the year reported under
currency translation and other adjustments.
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
NatWest Group total
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
515,556
|
598
|
|
42,165
|
787
|
|
5,901
|
2,040
|
|
563,622
|
3,425
|
|
Currency translation and other adjustments
|
(2,318)
|
-
|
|
(28)
|
-
|
|
87
|
94
|
|
(2,259)
|
94
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
(18,664)
|
(104)
|
|
18,664
|
104
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
|
15,135
|
215
|
|
(15,135)
|
(215)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(282)
|
(3)
|
|
(1,342)
|
(131)
|
|
1,624
|
134
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
80
|
9
|
|
744
|
30
|
|
(824)
|
(39)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Net re-measurement of ECL on
stage transfer
|
|
(148)
|
|
277
|
|
274
|
|
403
|
|||
|
Changes in risk
parameters
|
|
(73)
|
|
(14)
|
|
148
|
|
61
|
|||
|
Other changes in net
exposure
|
17,488
|
154
|
|
(3,312)
|
(97)
|
|
(857)
|
(121)
|
|
13,319
|
(64)
|
|
Other (P&L only
items)
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
|
(17)
|
|
(18)
|
|||
|
Income statement (releases)/charges
|
|
(67)
|
|
165
|
|
284
|
|
382
|
|||
|
Transfers to disposal groups and fair value
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Amounts written-off
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(192)
|
(192)
|
|
(192)
|
(192)
|
|
Unwinding of discount
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(77)
|
|
(77)
|
|||
|
At 30 June 2025
|
526,995
|
648
|
|
41,756
|
741
|
|
5,739
|
2,261
|
|
574,490
|
3,650
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
526,347
|
|
|
41,015
|
|
|
3,478
|
|
|
570,840
|
|
|
At 1 January 2024
|
504,345
|
709
|
|
40,294
|
976
|
|
5,621
|
1,960
|
|
550,260
|
3,645
|
|
2024 movements
|
(6,334)
|
(124)
|
|
(1,643)
|
(174)
|
|
90
|
(4)
|
|
(7,887)
|
(302)
|
|
At 30 June 2024
|
498,011
|
585
|
|
38,651
|
802
|
|
5,711
|
1,956
|
|
542,373
|
3,343
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
497,426
|
|
|
37,849
|
|
|
3,755
|
|
|
539,030
|
|
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Flow statements (reviewed)
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
Retail Banking - mortgages
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
171,333
|
76
|
|
20,992
|
60
|
|
2,303
|
305
|
|
194,628
|
441
|
|
Currency translation and other adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
52
|
51
|
|
52
|
51
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
(8,422)
|
(11)
|
|
8,422
|
11
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
|
6,890
|
11
|
|
(6,890)
|
(11)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(8)
|
-
|
|
(453)
|
(4)
|
|
461
|
4
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
16
|
-
|
|
625
|
10
|
|
(641)
|
(10)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Net re-measurement of ECL on
stage transfer
|
|
(2)
|
|
-
|
|
4
|
|
2
|
|||
|
Changes in risk
parameters
|
|
(13)
|
|
(12)
|
|
30
|
|
5
|
|||
|
Other changes in net
exposure
|
4,092
|
(3)
|
|
(1,359)
|
(3)
|
|
(271)
|
(80)
|
|
2,462
|
(86)
|
|
Other (P&L only
items)
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(10)
|
|
(10)
|
|||
|
Income statement (releases)/charges
|
|
(18)
|
|
(15)
|
|
(56)
|
|
(89)
|
|||
|
Amounts written-off
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(13)
|
(13)
|
|
(13)
|
(13)
|
|
Unwinding of discount
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(37)
|
|
(37)
|
|||
|
At 30 June 2025
|
173,901
|
58
|
|
21,337
|
51
|
|
1,891
|
254
|
|
197,129
|
363
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
173,843
|
|
|
21,286
|
|
|
1,637
|
|
|
196,766
|
|
|
At 1 January 2024
|
174,038
|
87
|
|
17,827
|
60
|
|
2,068
|
250
|
|
193,933
|
397
|
|
2024 movements
|
(7,045)
|
(38)
|
|
2,490
|
8
|
|
173
|
30
|
|
(4,382)
|
-
|
|
At 30 June 2024
|
166,993
|
49
|
|
20,317
|
68
|
|
2,241
|
280
|
|
189,551
|
397
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
166,944
|
|
|
20,249
|
|
|
1,961
|
|
|
189,154
|
|
-
ECL
coverage for mortgages decreased during the first half of 2025,
primarily driven by the reduction in economic uncertainty post
model adjustments (supported by back-testing) and an enhancement to
the application of the definition of default. The latter resulted
in a £0.4 billion migration of loans from Stage 3 back to the
good book.
-
PDs
and Stage 3 inflows remained broadly stable, with the portfolio
showing continued resilience during times when a number of
customers have had affordability pressures.
-
The
net flows into Stage 2 from Stage 1 were offset by a similar level
of outflows from Stage 2 to Stage 1 and balance paydown in Stage 2,
supporting a stable Stage 2 exposure population during 2025 to
date.
-
The
relatively small ECL cost for net re-measurement on transfer into
Stage 3 included the effect of risk targeted ECL adjustments, when
previously in the good book. Refer to the Governance and post model
adjustments section for further details.
-
Write-off
occurs once the repossessed property has been sold and there is a
residual shortfall balance remaining outstanding. This would
typically be within five years from default but can be
longer.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Flow statements (reviewed)
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
Retail Banking - credit cards
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
4,523
|
76
|
|
2,034
|
186
|
|
162
|
117
|
|
6,719
|
379
|
|
Currency translation and other adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
(1,110)
|
(24)
|
|
1,110
|
24
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
|
675
|
55
|
|
(675)
|
(55)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(16)
|
(1)
|
|
(99)
|
(35)
|
|
115
|
36
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
2
|
1
|
|
5
|
2
|
|
(7)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Net re-measurement of ECL on
stage transfer
|
|
(37)
|
|
95
|
|
42
|
|
100
|
|||
|
Changes in risk
parameters
|
|
9
|
|
17
|
|
9
|
|
35
|
|||
|
Other changes in net
exposure
|
1,594
|
47
|
|
(381)
|
(37)
|
|
(10)
|
(1)
|
|
1,203
|
9
|
|
Other (P&L only
items)
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
|||
|
Income statement (releases)/charges
|
|
19
|
|
75
|
|
49
|
|
143
|
|||
|
Amounts written-off
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(52)
|
(52)
|
|
(52)
|
(52)
|
|
Unwinding of discount
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(5)
|
|
(5)
|
|||
|
At 30 June 2025
|
5,668
|
126
|
|
1,994
|
197
|
|
211
|
146
|
|
7,873
|
469
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
5,542
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
7,404
|
|
|
At 1 January 2024
|
3,475
|
70
|
|
2,046
|
204
|
|
146
|
89
|
|
5,667
|
363
|
|
2024 movements
|
648
|
11
|
|
(224)
|
(16)
|
|
23
|
16
|
|
447
|
11
|
|
At 30 June 2024
|
4,123
|
81
|
|
1,822
|
188
|
|
169
|
105
|
|
6,114
|
374
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
4,042
|
|
|
1,634
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
5,740
|
|
-
Overall
ECL for cards increased during 2025, driven primarily by the
acquisition of Sainsbury's Bank credit card balances into Stage 1
(around £1 billion at 30 June 2025) alongside continued
organic portfolio growth, reflecting strong customer demand, while
sustaining robust risk appetite.
-
While
portfolio performance remained stable, a net flow into Stage 2 from
Stage 1 was observed, with the typical maturation of lending after
a period of strong growth in recent years.
-
Flow
rates into Stage 3 were slightly higher in 2025 compared to 2024.
This was linked to recent growth and portfolio maturation, but in
line with expectations.
-
Charge-off
(analogous to partial write-off) typically occurs after 12 missed
payments.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Flow statements (reviewed)
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
Retail Banking - other personal unsecured
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
5,605
|
127
|
|
1,465
|
182
|
|
833
|
641
|
|
7,903
|
950
|
|
Currency translation and other adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
15
|
17
|
|
15
|
17
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
(998)
|
(44)
|
|
998
|
44
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
|
731
|
75
|
|
(731)
|
(75)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(38)
|
(1)
|
|
(152)
|
(58)
|
|
190
|
59
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
4
|
1
|
|
11
|
5
|
|
(15)
|
(6)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Net re-measurement of ECL on
stage transfer
|
|
(49)
|
|
104
|
|
26
|
|
81
|
|||
|
Changes in risk
parameters
|
|
(13)
|
|
(7)
|
|
60
|
|
40
|
|||
|
Other changes in net
exposure
|
1,808
|
80
|
|
(179)
|
(18)
|
|
(49)
|
(24)
|
|
1,580
|
38
|
|
Other (P&L only
items)
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
12
|
|
12
|
|||
|
Income statement (releases)/charges
|
|
18
|
|
79
|
|
74
|
|
171
|
|||
|
Amounts written-off
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(29)
|
(29)
|
|
(29)
|
(29)
|
|
Unwinding of discount
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(17)
|
|
(17)
|
|||
|
At 30 June 2025
|
7,112
|
176
|
|
1,412
|
177
|
|
945
|
727
|
|
9,469
|
1,080
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
6,936
|
|
|
1,235
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
8,389
|
|
|
At 1 January 2024
|
5,240
|
149
|
|
1,657
|
238
|
|
963
|
758
|
|
7,860
|
1,145
|
|
2024 movements
|
477
|
(4)
|
|
(432)
|
(38)
|
|
(118)
|
(117)
|
|
(73)
|
(159)
|
|
At 30 June 2024
|
5,717
|
145
|
|
1,225
|
200
|
|
845
|
641
|
|
7,787
|
986
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
5,572
|
|
|
1,025
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
6,801
|
|
-
Total
ECL increased, driven primarily by the acquisition of Sainsbury's
Bank loan balances into Stage 1 (around £1.2 billion at 30
June 2025) alongside continued organic loan book
growth.
-
Stable
arrears performance was observed during 2025 to date, which is
reflected in the good book ECL, with coverage levels showing a
modest reduction since 31 December 2024.
-
Flow
rates into Stage 3 remained stable during the first half of 2025,
in line with broader portfolio trends on arrears, with overall
Stage 3 balances increasing as a result of reduced debt sale
activity.
-
Write-off
occurs once recovery activity with the customer has been concluded
or there are no further recoveries expected, but no later than six
years after default.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Flow statements (reviewed)
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
Commercial & Institutional - corporate
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
62,575
|
175
|
|
11,450
|
273
|
|
1,562
|
659
|
|
75,587
|
1,107
|
|
Currency translation and other adjustments
|
(574)
|
|
|
(22)
|
|
|
9
|
2
|
|
(587)
|
2
|
|
Inter-group transfers
|
84
|
|
|
27
|
1
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
111
|
1
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
(5,494)
|
(19)
|
|
5,494
|
19
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
|
4,080
|
51
|
|
(4,080)
|
(51)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(146)
|
(1)
|
|
(457)
|
(28)
|
|
603
|
29
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
31
|
4
|
|
58
|
11
|
|
(89)
|
(15)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Net re-measurement of ECL on
stage transfer
|
|
(42)
|
|
54
|
|
152
|
|
164
|
|||
|
Changes in risk
parameters
|
|
(33)
|
|
(7)
|
|
20
|
|
(20)
|
|||
|
Other changes in net
exposure
|
1,840
|
14
|
|
(990)
|
(33)
|
|
(326)
|
2
|
|
524
|
(17)
|
|
Other (P&L only
items)
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(17)
|
|
(17)
|
|||
|
Income statement (releases)/charges
|
|
(61)
|
|
14
|
|
157
|
|
110
|
|||
|
Amounts written-off
|
-
|
|
|
(86)
|
(86)
|
|
(86)
|
(86)
|
|||
|
Unwinding of discount
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
(13)
|
|||||
|
At 30 June 2025
|
62,396
|
149
|
|
11,480
|
239
|
|
1,673
|
750
|
|
75,549
|
1,138
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
62,247
|
|
|
11,241
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
74,411
|
|
|
At 1 January 2024
|
61,402
|
226
|
|
12,275
|
344
|
|
1,454
|
602
|
|
75,131
|
1,172
|
|
2024 movements
|
1,914
|
(52)
|
|
(2,180)
|
(81)
|
|
6
|
9
|
|
(260)
|
(124)
|
|
At 30 June 2024
|
63,316
|
174
|
|
10,095
|
263
|
|
1,460
|
611
|
|
74,871
|
1,048
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
63,142
|
|
|
9,832
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
73,823
|
|
-
ECL
increased in H1 2025 due to the impact of a small number of flows
into default. The charge on those cases is seen through net
re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer, reflecting the difference
between good book ECL and defaulted ECL.
-
Performing
ECL coverage decreased in line with ECL reductions in the portfolio
book as risk metrics improved, in particular from point-in-time
economics inputs, and reduced post model adjustments.
-
Stage
2 exposure levels were stable in the period as flows into Stage 2
were broadly offset through flows back to Stage 1, repayments, and
flows into Stage 3.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Flow statements (reviewed)
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
Commercial & Institutional - property
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
27,468
|
77
|
|
2,980
|
61
|
|
590
|
225
|
|
31,038
|
363
|
|
Currency translation and other adjustments
|
5
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
8
|
13
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
Inter-group transfers
|
(79)
|
-
|
|
(11)
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(90)
|
(1)
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
(1,429)
|
(4)
|
|
1,429
|
4
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
|
928
|
12
|
|
(928)
|
(12)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(3)
|
-
|
|
(83)
|
(4)
|
|
86
|
4
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
16
|
2
|
|
16
|
2
|
|
(32)
|
(4)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Net re-measurement of ECL on
stage transfer
|
|
(10)
|
|
17
|
|
9
|
|
16
|
|||
|
Changes in risk
parameters
|
|
(12)
|
|
(5)
|
|
7
|
|
(10)
|
|||
|
Other changes in net
exposure
|
1,425
|
6
|
|
(190)
|
(4)
|
|
(136)
|
(17)
|
|
1,099
|
(15)
|
|
Other (P&L only
items)
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|||
|
Income statement (releases)/charges
|
|
(16)
|
|
8
|
|
(1)
|
|
(9)
|
|||
|
Amounts written-off
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(10)
|
(10)
|
|
(10)
|
(10)
|
|
Unwinding of discount
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(5)
|
|
(5)
|
|||
|
At 30 June 2025
|
28,331
|
71
|
|
3,213
|
58
|
|
506
|
222
|
|
32,050
|
351
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
28,260
|
|
|
3,155
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
31,699
|
|
|
At 1 January 2024
|
26,040
|
94
|
|
3,155
|
89
|
|
606
|
195
|
|
29,801
|
378
|
|
2024 movements
|
486
|
(26)
|
|
(180)
|
(27)
|
|
(43)
|
32
|
|
263
|
(21)
|
|
At 30 June 2024
|
26,526
|
68
|
|
2,975
|
62
|
|
563
|
227
|
|
30,064
|
357
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
26,458
|
|
|
2,913
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
29,707
|
|
-
ECL
reduced marginally across all stages in the first half of 2025.
Flows to Stage 3 and associated charges were notably reduced from
the first half of 2024 and more than offset by a reduction on other
existing Stage 3 exposures.
-
Exposures
in Stage 2 increased as flows into Stage 2 were higher than flows
out and repayments, but remained at broadly 10% of total good book
exposure.
-
Performing
ECL reductions were driven by improved risk metrics and reductions
in post model adjustments.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Flow statements (reviewed)
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
assets
|
ECL
|
|
Commercial & Institutional - other
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 1 January 2025
|
93,724
|
37
|
|
1,739
|
12
|
|
123
|
57
|
|
95,586
|
106
|
|
Currency translation and other adjustments
|
(1,287)
|
-
|
|
(8)
|
-
|
|
-
|
8
|
|
(1,295)
|
8
|
|
Inter-group transfers
|
(5)
|
-
|
|
(16)
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(21)
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
(541)
|
(1)
|
|
541
|
1
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
|
1,266
|
5
|
|
(1,266)
|
(5)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(64)
|
-
|
|
(18)
|
(1)
|
|
82
|
1
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
3
|
-
|
|
4
|
1
|
|
(7)
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Net re-measurement of ECL on
stage transfer
|
|
(3)
|
|
2
|
|
38
|
|
37
|
|||
|
Changes in risk
parameters
|
|
(6)
|
|
-
|
|
17
|
|
11
|
|||
|
Other changes in net
exposure
|
(25)
|
6
|
|
(96)
|
(1)
|
|
(16)
|
-
|
|
(137)
|
5
|
|
Other (P&L only
items)
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|||
|
Income statement (releases)/charges
|
|
(3)
|
|
1
|
|
55
|
|
53
|
|||
|
Amounts written-off
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
Unwinding of discount
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
|||
|
At 30 June 2025
|
93,071
|
38
|
|
880
|
9
|
|
181
|
118
|
|
94,132
|
165
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
93,033
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
93,967
|
|
|
At 1 January 2024
|
88,860
|
36
|
|
1,599
|
14
|
|
101
|
22
|
|
90,560
|
72
|
|
2024 movements
|
889
|
(3)
|
|
(628)
|
(5)
|
|
34
|
32
|
|
295
|
24
|
|
At 30 June 2024
|
89,749
|
33
|
|
971
|
9
|
|
135
|
54
|
|
90,855
|
96
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
89,716
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
90,759
|
|
-
ECL
increased, primarily driven by Stage 3 exposures that defaulted in
the first half of 2025.
-
The
portion of good book exposure in Stage 2 reduced with flows from
Stage 1 into Stage 2 more than offset by flows back to Stage
1.
-
Despite
the increase in Stage 3 exposure, combined Stage 2 and Stage 3
exposure reduced and continued to be less than 2% of the total
assets.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Stage 2 decomposition by a significant increase in credit risk
trigger
The tables that follow show decomposition for the Personal and
Non-Personal portfolios.
|
|
Mortgages
|
|
Credit cards
|
|
Other
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
%
|
|
£m
|
%
|
|
£m
|
%
|
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Personal trigger (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
PD movement
|
14,701
|
68.3
|
|
1,412
|
73.7
|
|
771
|
53.0
|
|
16,884
|
67.9
|
|
PD persistence
|
4,076
|
19.0
|
|
372
|
19.4
|
|
279
|
19.2
|
|
4,727
|
19.0
|
|
Adverse credit bureau recorded with credit reference
agency
|
956
|
4.5
|
|
81
|
4.2
|
|
124
|
8.5
|
|
1,161
|
4.7
|
|
Forbearance support provided
|
227
|
1.1
|
|
2
|
0.1
|
|
10
|
0.7
|
|
239
|
1.0
|
|
Customers in collections
|
169
|
0.8
|
|
12
|
0.6
|
|
21
|
1.4
|
|
202
|
0.8
|
|
Collective SICR and other reasons (2)
|
1,217
|
5.7
|
|
38
|
2.0
|
|
236
|
16.2
|
|
1,491
|
6.0
|
|
Days past due >30
|
131
|
0.6
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
14
|
1.0
|
|
145
|
0.6
|
|
|
21,477
|
100.0
|
|
1,917
|
100.0
|
|
1,455
|
100.0
|
|
24,849
|
100.0
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Personal trigger (1)
|
|
||||||||||
|
PD movement
|
14,480
|
68.8
|
|
1,425
|
72.9
|
|
809
|
49.9
|
|
16,714
|
67.8
|
|
PD persistence
|
3,951
|
18.8
|
|
414
|
21.2
|
|
388
|
23.9
|
|
4,753
|
19.3
|
|
Adverse credit bureau recorded with credit reference
agency
|
936
|
4.4
|
|
71
|
3.6
|
|
119
|
7.3
|
|
1,126
|
4.6
|
|
Forbearance support provided
|
189
|
0.9
|
|
1
|
0.1
|
|
9
|
0.6
|
|
199
|
0.8
|
|
Customers in collections
|
169
|
0.8
|
|
3
|
0.2
|
|
2
|
0.1
|
|
174
|
0.7
|
|
Collective SICR and other reasons (2)
|
1,248
|
5.9
|
|
39
|
2.0
|
|
290
|
17.9
|
|
1,577
|
6.4
|
|
Days past due >30
|
88
|
0.4
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
5
|
0.3
|
|
93
|
0.4
|
|
|
21,061
|
100.0
|
|
1,953
|
100.0
|
|
1,622
|
100.0
|
|
24,636
|
100.0
|
For the notes to the table refer to the following
page.
-
The
level of PD driven deterioration remained consistent with 31
December 2024, reflecting stability in portfolio PDs and underlying
portfolio arrears trends.
-
Higher
risk mortgage customers who utilised the new Mortgage Charter
measures continued to be collectively migrated into Stage 2 and
were captured in the collective SICR and other reasons
category.
-
Accounts
that were less than 30 days past due continued to represent the
vast majority of the Stage 2 population.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Stage 2 decomposition by a significant increase in credit risk
trigger
|
|
Corporate and other (3)
|
|
Financial institutions
|
|
Sovereign
|
|
Total
|
||||
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
%
|
|
£m
|
%
|
|
£m
|
%
|
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Non-Personal
trigger (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
PD movement
|
11,814
|
80.0
|
|
284
|
67.3
|
|
141
|
99.3
|
|
12,239
|
79.9
|
|
PD persistence
|
226
|
1.5
|
|
3
|
0.7
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
229
|
1.5
|
|
Heightened Monitoring and Risk of Credit Loss
|
1,761
|
11.9
|
|
11
|
2.6
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
1,772
|
11.5
|
|
Forbearance support provided
|
345
|
2.3
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
345
|
2.2
|
|
Customers in collections
|
33
|
0.2
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
33
|
0.2
|
|
Collective SICR and other reasons (2)
|
380
|
2.6
|
|
124
|
29.4
|
|
1
|
0.7
|
|
505
|
3.3
|
|
Days past due >30
|
221
|
1.5
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
221
|
1.4
|
|
|
14,780
|
100.0
|
|
422
|
100.0
|
|
142
|
100.0
|
|
15,344
|
100.0
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Non-Personal
trigger (1)
|
|
||||||||||
|
PD movement
|
11,800
|
81.6
|
|
971
|
78.2
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
12,771
|
80.6
|
|
PD persistence
|
310
|
2.1
|
|
2
|
0.2
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
312
|
2.0
|
|
Heightened Monitoring and Risk of Credit Loss
|
1,599
|
11.1
|
|
83
|
6.7
|
|
132
|
99.2
|
|
1,814
|
11.5
|
|
Forbearance support provided
|
229
|
1.6
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
229
|
1.4
|
|
Customers in collections
|
34
|
0.2
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
34
|
0.2
|
|
Collective SICR and other reasons (2)
|
396
|
2.7
|
|
172
|
13.9
|
|
1
|
0.8
|
|
569
|
3.6
|
|
Days past due >30
|
96
|
0.7
|
|
13
|
1.0
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
109
|
0.7
|
|
|
14,464
|
100.0
|
|
1,241
|
100.0
|
|
133
|
100.0
|
|
15,838
|
100.0
|
(1) The
table is prepared on a hierarchical basis from top to bottom, for
example, accounts with PD deterioration may also trigger
backstop(s) but are only reported under PD
deterioration.
(2) Includes cases where a PD assessment
cannot be made and accounts where the PD has deteriorated beyond a
prescribed backstop threshold aligned to risk management
practices.
-
Stage
2 loans were broadly stable compared to 31 December 2024. PD
movement continued to capture the vast majority of loans in Stage
2, with values marginally reduced, reflective of improved PDs from
point-in-time economic metrics.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Asset quality (reviewed)
The table below shows asset quality bands of gross loans and ECL,
by stage, for the Personal portfolio.
|
|
Gross loans
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|
ECL provisions coverage
|
|||||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
Mortgages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
111,678
|
8,954
|
-
|
120,632
|
|
24
|
15
|
-
|
39
|
|
-
|
0.2
|
-
|
-
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
77,908
|
11,465
|
-
|
89,373
|
|
35
|
29
|
-
|
64
|
|
-
|
0.3
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ9
|
157
|
1,058
|
-
|
1,215
|
|
-
|
7
|
-
|
7
|
|
-
|
0.7
|
-
|
0.6
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
2,116
|
2,116
|
|
-
|
-
|
276
|
276
|
|
-
|
-
|
13.0
|
13.0
|
|
|
189,743
|
21,477
|
2,116
|
213,336
|
|
59
|
51
|
276
|
386
|
|
-
|
0.2
|
13.0
|
0.2
|
|
Credit cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
130
|
-
|
-
|
130
|
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
|
0.8
|
-
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
5,858
|
1,817
|
-
|
7,675
|
|
126
|
178
|
-
|
304
|
|
2.2
|
9.8
|
-
|
4.0
|
|
AQ9
|
23
|
100
|
-
|
123
|
|
1
|
19
|
-
|
20
|
|
4.4
|
19.0
|
-
|
16.3
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
209
|
209
|
|
-
|
-
|
147
|
147
|
|
-
|
-
|
70.3
|
70.3
|
|
|
6,011
|
1,917
|
209
|
8,137
|
|
128
|
197
|
147
|
472
|
|
2.1
|
10.3
|
70.3
|
5.8
|
|
Other personal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
751
|
104
|
-
|
855
|
|
6
|
11
|
-
|
17
|
|
0.8
|
10.6
|
-
|
2.0
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
8,214
|
1,209
|
-
|
9,423
|
|
167
|
131
|
-
|
298
|
|
2.0
|
10.8
|
-
|
3.2
|
|
AQ9
|
59
|
142
|
-
|
201
|
|
5
|
36
|
-
|
41
|
|
8.5
|
25.4
|
-
|
20.4
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
960
|
960
|
|
-
|
-
|
743
|
743
|
|
-
|
-
|
77.4
|
77.4
|
|
|
9,024
|
1,455
|
960
|
11,439
|
|
178
|
178
|
743
|
1,099
|
|
2.0
|
12.2
|
77.4
|
9.6
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
112,559
|
9,058
|
-
|
121,617
|
|
31
|
26
|
-
|
57
|
|
-
|
0.3
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
91,980
|
14,491
|
-
|
106,471
|
|
328
|
338
|
-
|
666
|
|
0.4
|
2.3
|
-
|
0.6
|
|
AQ9
|
239
|
1,300
|
-
|
1,539
|
|
6
|
62
|
-
|
68
|
|
2.5
|
4.8
|
-
|
4.4
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
3,285
|
3,285
|
|
-
|
-
|
1,166
|
1,166
|
|
-
|
-
|
35.5
|
35.5
|
|
|
204,778
|
24,849
|
3,285
|
232,912
|
|
365
|
426
|
1,166
|
1,957
|
|
0.2
|
1.7
|
35.5
|
0.8
|
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Asset quality (reviewed)
|
|
Gross loans
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|
ECL provisions coverage
|
|||||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
31 December 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
Mortgages
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
104,793
|
8,416
|
-
|
113,209
|
|
29
|
16
|
-
|
45
|
|
-
|
0.2
|
-
|
-
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
81,263
|
11,683
|
-
|
92,946
|
|
48
|
38
|
-
|
86
|
|
0.1
|
0.3
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ9
|
194
|
962
|
-
|
1,156
|
|
-
|
6
|
-
|
6
|
|
-
|
0.6
|
-
|
0.5
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
2,535
|
2,535
|
|
-
|
-
|
325
|
325
|
|
-
|
-
|
12.8
|
12.8
|
|
|
186,250
|
21,061
|
2,535
|
209,846
|
|
77
|
60
|
325
|
462
|
|
-
|
0.3
|
12.8
|
0.2
|
|
Credit cards
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
128
|
-
|
-
|
128
|
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
|
0.8
|
-
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
4,650
|
1,866
|
-
|
6,516
|
|
75
|
169
|
-
|
244
|
|
1.6
|
9.1
|
-
|
3.7
|
|
AQ9
|
23
|
87
|
-
|
110
|
|
1
|
17
|
-
|
18
|
|
4.4
|
19.5
|
-
|
16.4
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
176
|
176
|
|
-
|
-
|
118
|
118
|
|
-
|
-
|
67.1
|
67.1
|
|
|
4,801
|
1,953
|
176
|
6,930
|
|
77
|
186
|
118
|
381
|
|
1.6
|
9.5
|
67.1
|
5.5
|
|
Other personal
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
691
|
127
|
-
|
818
|
|
6
|
14
|
-
|
20
|
|
0.9
|
11.0
|
-
|
2.4
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
6,521
|
1,359
|
-
|
7,880
|
|
120
|
134
|
-
|
254
|
|
1.8
|
9.9
|
-
|
3.2
|
|
AQ9
|
55
|
136
|
-
|
191
|
|
4
|
35
|
-
|
39
|
|
7.3
|
25.7
|
-
|
20.4
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
860
|
860
|
|
-
|
-
|
656
|
656
|
|
-
|
-
|
76.3
|
76.3
|
|
|
7,267
|
1,622
|
860
|
9,749
|
|
130
|
183
|
656
|
969
|
|
1.8
|
11.3
|
76.3
|
9.9
|
|
Total
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
105,612
|
8,543
|
-
|
114,155
|
|
36
|
30
|
-
|
66
|
|
-
|
0.4
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
92,434
|
14,908
|
-
|
107,342
|
|
243
|
341
|
-
|
584
|
|
0.3
|
2.3
|
-
|
0.5
|
|
AQ9
|
272
|
1,185
|
-
|
1,457
|
|
5
|
58
|
-
|
63
|
|
1.8
|
4.9
|
-
|
4.3
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
3,571
|
3,571
|
|
-
|
-
|
1,099
|
1,099
|
|
-
|
-
|
30.8
|
30.8
|
|
|
198,318
|
24,636
|
3,571
|
226,525
|
|
284
|
429
|
1,099
|
1,812
|
|
0.1
|
1.7
|
30.8
|
0.8
|
-
The
portfolios acquired from Sainsbury's Bank, increased exposure to
AQ5-AQ8 within the credit cards and other personal
segments.
-
Stage
3 inflows remained broadly stable. The reduction in Stage3/AQ10
ratio was influenced at a total level by both the acquisition of
the Sainsbury's Bank portfolio on unsecured and an enhancement to
the application of the definition of default used on mortgages. The
latter resulted in a £0.4 billion migration of loans from
Stage 3/AQ10 back to the good book.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Asset quality (reviewed)
The table below shows asset quality bands of gross loans and ECL,
by stage, for the Non-Personal portfolio.
|
|
Gross loans
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|
ECL provisions coverage
|
|||||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
Corporate and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
40,896
|
2,555
|
-
|
43,451
|
|
28
|
18
|
-
|
46
|
|
0.1
|
0.7
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
54,804
|
11,982
|
-
|
66,786
|
|
204
|
268
|
-
|
472
|
|
0.4
|
2.2
|
-
|
0.7
|
|
AQ9
|
37
|
243
|
-
|
280
|
|
-
|
19
|
-
|
19
|
|
-
|
7.8
|
-
|
6.8
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
2,394
|
2,394
|
|
-
|
-
|
990
|
990
|
|
-
|
-
|
41.4
|
41.4
|
|
|
95,737
|
14,780
|
2,394
|
112,911
|
|
232
|
305
|
990
|
1,527
|
|
0.2
|
2.1
|
41.4
|
1.4
|
|
Financial institutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
64,735
|
260
|
-
|
64,995
|
|
20
|
3
|
-
|
23
|
|
-
|
1.2
|
-
|
-
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
5,599
|
161
|
-
|
5,760
|
|
17
|
5
|
-
|
22
|
|
0.3
|
3.1
|
-
|
0.4
|
|
AQ9
|
1
|
1
|
-
|
2
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
127
|
127
|
|
-
|
-
|
99
|
99
|
|
-
|
-
|
78.0
|
78.0
|
|
|
70,335
|
422
|
127
|
70,884
|
|
37
|
8
|
99
|
144
|
|
0.1
|
1.9
|
78.0
|
0.2
|
|
Sovereign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
894
|
1
|
-
|
895
|
|
14
|
1
|
-
|
15
|
|
1.6
|
100.0
|
-
|
1.7
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
131
|
-
|
-
|
131
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
AQ 9
|
-
|
141
|
-
|
141
|
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
-
|
0.7
|
-
|
0.7
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
17
|
17
|
|
-
|
-
|
6
|
6
|
|
-
|
-
|
35.3
|
35.3
|
|
|
1,025
|
142
|
17
|
1,184
|
|
14
|
2
|
6
|
22
|
|
1.4
|
1.4
|
35.3
|
1.9
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
106,525
|
2,816
|
-
|
109,341
|
|
62
|
22
|
-
|
84
|
|
0.1
|
0.8
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
60,534
|
12,143
|
-
|
72,677
|
|
221
|
273
|
-
|
494
|
|
0.4
|
2.3
|
-
|
0.7
|
|
AQ9
|
38
|
385
|
-
|
423
|
|
-
|
20
|
-
|
20
|
|
-
|
5.2
|
-
|
4.7
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
2,538
|
2,538
|
|
-
|
-
|
1,095
|
1,095
|
|
-
|
-
|
43.1
|
43.1
|
|
|
167,097
|
15,344
|
2,538
|
184,979
|
|
283
|
315
|
1,095
|
1,693
|
|
0.2
|
2.1
|
43.1
|
0.9
|
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Banking activities continued
Asset quality (reviewed)
|
|
Gross loans
|
|
ECL provisions
|
|
ECL provisions coverage
|
|||||||||
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage 3
|
Total
|
|
31 December 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
%
|
|
Corporate and other
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
41,509
|
2,409
|
-
|
43,918
|
|
32
|
19
|
-
|
51
|
|
0.1
|
0.8
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
53,448
|
11,783
|
-
|
65,231
|
|
232
|
306
|
-
|
538
|
|
0.4
|
2.6
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
AQ9
|
34
|
272
|
-
|
306
|
|
-
|
19
|
-
|
19
|
|
-
|
7.0
|
-
|
6.2
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
2,279
|
2,279
|
|
-
|
-
|
896
|
896
|
|
-
|
-
|
39.3
|
39.3
|
|
|
94,991
|
14,464
|
2,279
|
111,734
|
|
264
|
344
|
896
|
1,504
|
|
0.3
|
2.4
|
39.3
|
1.4
|
|
Financial institutions
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
64,845
|
233
|
-
|
65,078
|
|
21
|
2
|
-
|
23
|
|
-
|
0.9
|
-
|
-
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
4,176
|
996
|
-
|
5,172
|
|
17
|
9
|
-
|
26
|
|
0.4
|
0.9
|
-
|
0.5
|
|
AQ9
|
-
|
12
|
-
|
12
|
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
-
|
8.3
|
-
|
8.3
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
59
|
59
|
|
-
|
-
|
40
|
40
|
|
-
|
-
|
67.8
|
67.8
|
|
|
69,021
|
1,241
|
59
|
70,321
|
|
38
|
12
|
40
|
90
|
|
0.1
|
1.0
|
67.8
|
0.1
|
|
Sovereign
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
1,364
|
1
|
-
|
1,365
|
|
12
|
1
|
-
|
13
|
|
0.9
|
100.0
|
-
|
1.0
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
127
|
-
|
-
|
127
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
AQ9
|
-
|
132
|
-
|
132
|
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
-
|
0.8
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
21
|
21
|
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
5
|
|
-
|
-
|
23.8
|
23.8
|
|
|
1,491
|
133
|
21
|
1,645
|
|
12
|
2
|
5
|
19
|
|
0.8
|
1.5
|
23.8
|
1.2
|
|
Total
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
107,718
|
2,643
|
-
|
110,361
|
|
65
|
22
|
-
|
87
|
|
0.1
|
0.8
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
57,751
|
12,779
|
-
|
70,530
|
|
249
|
315
|
-
|
564
|
|
0.4
|
2.5
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
AQ9
|
34
|
416
|
-
|
450
|
|
-
|
21
|
-
|
21
|
|
-
|
5.1
|
-
|
4.7
|
|
AQ10
|
-
|
-
|
2,359
|
2,359
|
|
-
|
-
|
941
|
941
|
|
-
|
-
|
39.9
|
39.9
|
|
|
165,503
|
15,838
|
2,359
|
183,700
|
|
314
|
358
|
941
|
1,613
|
|
0.2
|
2.3
|
39.9
|
0.9
|
-
Asset
quality was broadly stable since 31 December 2024. The majority of
exposure for corporates and other continued to be in the AQ5 to AQ8
band, which also accounted for the largest increase in the
period.
-
As
expected, exposures in higher AQ bands attracted higher coverage
ratios.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Trading activities
This section details the credit risk profile of NatWest
Group's trading activities.
Securities financing transactions and collateral (reviewed)
The table below shows securities financing transactions in
Commercial & Institutional and Central items & other.
Balance sheet captions include balances held at all classifications
under IFRS.
|
|
Reverse
repos
|
|
Repos
|
||||
|
|
|
Of
which:
|
Outside
netting
|
|
|
Of
which:
|
Outside
netting
|
|
|
Total
|
can
be offset
|
arrangements
|
|
Total
|
can
be offset
|
arrangements
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Gross
|
95,498
|
94,568
|
930
|
|
86,696
|
83,992
|
2,704
|
|
IFRS offset
|
(33,802)
|
(33,802)
|
-
|
|
(33,802)
|
(33,802)
|
-
|
|
Carrying value
|
61,696
|
60,766
|
930
|
|
52,894
|
50,190
|
2,704
|
|
Master netting arrangements
|
(517)
|
(517)
|
-
|
|
(517)
|
(517)
|
-
|
|
Securities collateral
|
(59,424)
|
(59,424)
|
-
|
|
(49,673)
|
(49,673)
|
-
|
|
Potential for offset not recognised under IFRS
|
(59,941)
|
(59,941)
|
-
|
|
(50,190)
|
(50,190)
|
-
|
|
Net
|
1,755
|
825
|
930
|
|
2,704
|
-
|
2,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
87,901
|
87,861
|
40
|
|
68,024
|
67,321
|
703
|
|
IFRS offset
|
(23,883)
|
(23,883)
|
-
|
|
(23,883)
|
(23,883)
|
-
|
|
Carrying value
|
64,018
|
63,978
|
40
|
|
44,141
|
43,438
|
703
|
|
Master netting arrangements
|
(1,549)
|
(1,549)
|
-
|
|
(1,549)
|
(1,549)
|
-
|
|
Securities collateral
|
(62,217)
|
(62,217)
|
-
|
|
(41,889)
|
(41,889)
|
-
|
|
Potential for offset not recognised under IFRS
|
(63,766)
|
(63,766)
|
-
|
|
(43,438)
|
(43,438)
|
-
|
|
Net
|
252
|
212
|
40
|
|
703
|
-
|
703
|
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Trading activities continued
Derivatives (reviewed)
The table below shows derivatives by type of contract. The master
netting agreements and collateral shown do not result in a net
presentation on the balance sheet under IFRS. A significant
proportion of the derivatives relate to trading activities in
Commercial & Institutional. The table also includes hedging
derivatives in Central items & other.
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||||||
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GBP
|
USD
|
EUR
|
Other
|
Total
|
Assets
|
Liabilities
|
|
Notional
|
Assets
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£bn
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Gross exposure
|
|
90,087
|
84,878
|
|
|
97,152
|
93,109
|
||||
|
IFRS offset
|
|
(17,077)
|
(18,895)
|
|
|
(18,746)
|
(21,027)
|
||||
|
Carrying value
|
4,137
|
3,397
|
5,907
|
1,165
|
14,606
|
73,010
|
65,983
|
|
13,628
|
78,406
|
72,082
|
|
Of which:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Interest rate (1)
|
3,793
|
1,824
|
5,183
|
208
|
11,008
|
35,028
|
28,317
|
|
10,333
|
37,499
|
31,532
|
|
Exchange rate
|
341
|
1,569
|
717
|
957
|
3,584
|
37,897
|
37,496
|
|
3,279
|
40,797
|
40,306
|
|
Credit
|
1
|
4
|
7
|
-
|
12
|
85
|
170
|
|
14
|
110
|
244
|
|
Equity and commodity
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
|
Carrying value
|
4,137
|
3,397
|
5,907
|
1,165
|
14,606
|
73,010
|
65,983
|
|
13,628
|
78,406
|
72,082
|
|
Counterparty mark-to-market netting
|
|
(57,011)
|
(57,011)
|
|
(61,883)
|
(61,883)
|
|||||
|
Cash collateral
|
|
(9,041)
|
(4,723)
|
|
(10,005)
|
(5,801)
|
|||||
|
Securities collateral
|
|
(3,814)
|
(1,274)
|
|
|
(4,072)
|
(896)
|
||||
|
Net exposure
|
|
3,144
|
2,975
|
|
|
2,446
|
3,502
|
||||
|
Banks (2)
|
|
175
|
348
|
|
214
|
345
|
|||||
|
Other financial institutions (3)
|
|
1,839
|
1,286
|
|
1,429
|
1,456
|
|||||
|
Corporate (4)
|
|
1,071
|
1,318
|
|
769
|
1,669
|
|||||
|
Government (5)
|
|
59
|
23
|
|
|
34
|
32
|
||||
|
Net exposure
|
|
3,144
|
2,975
|
|
|
2,446
|
3,502
|
||||
|
UK
|
|
1,494
|
1,710
|
|
1,061
|
1,774
|
|||||
|
Europe
|
|
994
|
873
|
|
875
|
978
|
|||||
|
US
|
|
555
|
330
|
|
443
|
604
|
|||||
|
RoW
|
|
101
|
62
|
|
|
67
|
146
|
||||
|
Net exposure
|
|
3,144
|
2,975
|
|
|
2,446
|
3,502
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Asset quality of uncollateralised derivative assets
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
AQ1-AQ4
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
2,049
|
|
|||||
|
AQ5-AQ8
|
|
641
|
|
|
394
|
|
|||||
|
AQ9-AQ10
|
|
3
|
|
|
3
|
|
|||||
|
Net exposure
|
|
3,144
|
|
|
2,446
|
|
|||||
(1) The
notional amount of interest rate derivatives included £7,725
billion (31 December 2024 - £7,321 billion) in respect of
contracts cleared through central clearing
counterparties.
(2) Transactions
with certain counterparties with whom NatWest Group has netting
arrangements but collateral is not posted on a daily basis; certain
transactions with specific terms that may not fall within netting
and collateral arrangements; derivative positions in certain
jurisdictions where the collateral agreements are not deemed to be
legally enforceable.
(3) Includes
transactions with securitisation vehicles and funds where
collateral posting is contingent on NatWest Group's external
rating.
(4) Mainly
large corporates with whom NatWest Group may have netting
arrangements in place, but operational capability does not support
collateral posting.
(5) Sovereigns
and supranational entities with no collateral arrangements,
collateral arrangements that are not considered enforceable, or
one-way collateral agreements in their favour.
Risk and capital management continued
Credit risk - Trading activities continued
Debt securities (reviewed)
The table below shows debt securities held at mandatory fair value
through profit or loss by issuer as well as ratings based on the
lowest of Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch. Refer to Note 9
Trading assets and liabilities for details on short
positions.
|
|
Central and local government
|
|
||||
|
|
UK
|
US
|
Other
|
Financial institutions
|
Corporate
|
Total
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
AAA
|
-
|
-
|
2,610
|
1,572
|
-
|
4,182
|
|
AA to AA+
|
-
|
6,832
|
562
|
393
|
2
|
7,789
|
|
A to AA-
|
3,961
|
-
|
2,618
|
955
|
95
|
7,629
|
|
BBB- to A-
|
-
|
-
|
916
|
411
|
549
|
1,876
|
|
Non-investment grade
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
65
|
132
|
197
|
|
Total
|
3,961
|
6,832
|
6,706
|
3,396
|
778
|
21,673
|
|
|
||||||
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AAA
|
-
|
-
|
1,335
|
1,368
|
-
|
2,703
|
|
AA to AA+
|
-
|
3,734
|
74
|
569
|
2
|
4,379
|
|
A to AA-
|
2,077
|
-
|
1,266
|
381
|
519
|
4,243
|
|
BBB- to A-
|
-
|
-
|
831
|
562
|
885
|
2,278
|
|
Non-investment grade
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
108
|
167
|
275
|
|
Total
|
2,077
|
3,734
|
3,506
|
2,988
|
1,573
|
13,878
|
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk
Introduction
NatWest Group takes a comprehensive approach to the management of
capital, liquidity and funding, underpinned by frameworks, risk
appetite and policies, to manage and mitigate capital, liquidity
and funding risks. The framework ensures the tools and capability
are in place to facilitate the management and mitigation of risk
ensuring that NatWest Group operates within its regulatory
requirements and risk appetite.
Key developments since 31 December 2024
|
CET1 ratio
13.6%
(2024 - 13.6%)
|
The
CET1 ratio remained static due to a £0.9 billion increase in
CET1 capital offset by a £6.9 billion increase in RWAs.
The
CET1 capital increase was mainly driven by an attributable profit
to ordinary shareholders in the period of £2.5 billion and
other movements on reserves and regulatory adjustments of £0.4
billion partially offset by a share buyback of £0.8 billion
and a foreseeable ordinary dividend accrual of £1.2
billion.
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
RWAs
£190.1bn
(2024 - £183.2bn)
|
Total
RWAs increased by £6.9 billion to £190.1 billion during
H1 2025 reflecting: −
an
increase in credit risk RWA's of £4.6 billion, primarily
driven by lending growth, balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank
and CRD IV model updates. These increases were partially offset by
reductions due to active RWA management, movements in risk metrics
and the impact of foreign exchange. −
an
increase in operational risk RWAs of £2.2 billion following
the annual recalculation. −
an
increase in counterparty credit risk RWAs of £0.5 billion
driven by an increase in over-the-counter transaction under the IMM
approach. −
a
decrease in market risk RWAs of £0.4 billion, driven by the
IRC, reflecting changes in government bond positions.
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
UK leverage ratio
5.0%
(2024 - 5.0%)
|
The
leverage ratio remained static due to a £1.6 billion increase
in Tier 1 capital offset by a £27.8 billion increase in
leverage exposure. The key drivers in the leverage exposure were an
increase in trading assets, other financial assets and other off
balance sheet items.
|
||
|
MREL ratio
32.4%
(2024 - 33.0%)
|
The
Minimum Requirements of own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL)
ratio decreased by 60 basis points driven by a £6.9 billion
increase in RWAs partially offset by a £1.2 billion increase
in MREL.
MREL
increased to £61.7 billion driven by a £0.9 billion
increase in CET1 capital, issuance of a £0.7 billion
Additional Tier 1 instrument and a €1.0 billion subordinated
debt Tier 2 instrument, and redemption of a £1.0 billion
subordinated debt Tier 2 instrument. There was a £0.2 billion
decrease in senior unsecured debt driven by new issuances totalling
£3.3 billion, offset by the redemption of a €1.5 billion
debt instrument, a $1.5 billion debt instrument no longer being
MREL eligible, and foreign exchange movements.
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity portfolio
£216.6bn
(2024 - £222.3bn)
|
The
liquidity portfolio decreased by £5.7 billion to £216.6
billion compared with Q4 2024. Primary liquidity decreased by
£0.5 billion to £160.6 billion, driven by increased lending
(including balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank) partially
offset by issuances. Secondary liquidity decreased by £5.2
billion due to reduced pre-positioned collateral at the Bank of
England.
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
LCR spot
147%
(2024 - 150%)
|
The
spot Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) decreased by 3% to 147%, during
H1 2025, driven by increased lending
(including balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank) partially
offset by issuances.
|
||
|
LCR average
150%
(2024 - 151%)
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
NSFR spot
134%
(2024 - 137%)
|
The
spot Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) decreased 3% to 134% driven by
increased lending (including balances acquired from Sainsbury's
Bank), partially offset by increased issuances.
|
||
|
NSFR average
136%
(2024 - 137%)
|
|||
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) and Minimum Capital
Requirements
NatWest Group is subject to minimum capital requirements relative
to RWAs. The table below summarises the minimum capital
requirements (the sum of Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A), and the
additional capital buffers which are held in excess of the
regulatory minimum requirements and are usable in
stress.
Where the CET1 ratio falls below the sum of the minimum capital and
the combined buffer requirement, there is a subsequent automatic
restriction on the amount available to service discretionary
payments (including AT1 coupons), known as the MDA. Note that
different capital requirements apply to individual legal entities
or sub-groups and that the table shown does not reflect any
incremental PRA buffer requirements, which are not
disclosable.
The current capital position provides significant headroom above
both NatWest Group's minimum requirements and its MDA threshold
requirements.
|
Type
|
CET1
|
Total Tier 1
|
Total capital
|
||
|
Pillar 1 requirements
|
4.5%
|
6.0%
|
8.0%
|
||
|
Pillar 2A requirements
|
1.8%
|
2.4%
|
3.2%
|
||
|
Minimum Capital Requirements
|
6.3%
|
8.4%
|
11.2%
|
||
|
Capital conservation buffer
|
2.5%
|
2.5%
|
2.5%
|
||
|
Countercyclical capital buffer (1)
|
1.7%
|
1.7%
|
1.7%
|
||
|
MDA threshold (2)
|
10.5%
|
|
n/a
|
|
n/a
|
|
Overall capital requirement
|
10.5%
|
12.6%
|
15.4%
|
||
|
Capital ratios at 30 June 2025
|
13.6%
|
16.7%
|
19.7%
|
||
|
Headroom (3,4)
|
3.1%
|
4.1%
|
4.3%
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) The UK countercyclical buffer (CCyB)
rate is currently being maintained at 2%. This may vary in either
direction in the future subject to how risks develop. Foreign
exposures may be subject to different CCyB rates depending on the
rate set in those jurisdictions.
(2) Pillar 2A requirements for NatWest
Group are set as a variable amount with the exception of some fixed
add-ons.
(3) The headroom does not reflect excess
distributable capital and may vary over time.
(4) Headroom as at 31 December 2024 was
CET1 3.1%, Total Tier 1 3.9% and Total Capital 4.3%.
Leverage ratios
The table below summarises the minimum ratios of capital to
leverage exposure under the binding PRA UK leverage framework
applicable for NatWest Group.
|
Type
|
CET1
|
Total Tier 1
|
|
Minimum ratio
|
2.44%
|
3.25%
|
|
Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (1)
|
0.6%
|
0.6%
|
|
Total
|
3.04%
|
3.85%
|
(1) The
countercyclical leverage ratio buffer is set at 35% of NatWest
Group's CCyB.
Liquidity and funding ratios
The table below summarises the minimum requirements for key
liquidity and funding metrics under the PRA framework.
|
Type
|
|
|
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)
|
100%
|
|
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)
|
100%
|
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Capital and leverage ratios
The table below sets out the key capital and leverage metrics in
accordance with current PRA rules.
|
|
30 June
|
31 December
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
Capital adequacy
ratios (1)
|
%
|
%
|
|
CET1
|
13.6
|
13.6
|
|
Tier 1
|
16.7
|
16.5
|
|
Total
|
19.7
|
19.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWAs
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Credit risk
|
152,785
|
148,078
|
|
Counterparty credit risk
|
7,626
|
7,103
|
|
Market risk
|
5,777
|
6,219
|
|
Operational risk
|
23,959
|
21,821
|
|
Total RWAs
|
190,147
|
183,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
CET1
|
25,799
|
24,928
|
|
Tier1
|
31,804
|
30,187
|
|
Total
|
37,531
|
36,105
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage ratios (2)
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Tier 1 capital
|
31,804
|
30,187
|
|
UK leverage exposure
|
635,551
|
607,799
|
|
UK leverage ratio (%)
|
5.0%
|
5.0%
|
|
UK average Tier 1 capital
|
31,795
|
29,923
|
|
UK average leverage exposure
|
629,158
|
600,354
|
|
UK average leverage ratio (%)
|
5.1%
|
5.0%
|
(1) The IFRS 9 transitional
capital rules in respect of ECL provisions no longer apply as of 1
January 2025. (The impact of the IFRS 9 transitional adjustments at
31 December 2024 was £33 million for CET1 capital, £33
million for total capital and £3 million RWAs. Excluding this
adjustment at 31 December 2024, the CET1 ratio was 13.6%, Tier 1
capital ratio was 16.5% and the Total capital ratio was
19.7%).
(2) The UK leverage exposure
and Tier 1 capital are calculated in accordance with current PRA
rules. The IFRS 9 transitional capital rules in respect of ECL no
longer apply as of 1 January 2025. (Excluding the IFRS 9
transitional adjustment, the UK leverage ratio at 31 December 2024
was 5.0%).
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Capital and leverage ratios continued
|
|
30 June
|
31 December
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
Leverage
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
90,706
|
92,994
|
|
Trading assets
|
56,706
|
48,917
|
|
Derivatives
|
73,010
|
78,406
|
|
Financial assets
|
486,305
|
469,599
|
|
Other assets
|
24,051
|
18,069
|
|
Total assets
|
730,778
|
707,985
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
- netting and variation
margin
|
(69,191)
|
(76,101)
|
|
- potential future
exposures
|
16,831
|
16,692
|
|
Securities financing transactions gross up
|
1,510
|
2,460
|
|
Other off balance sheet items
|
62,497
|
59,498
|
|
Regulatory deductions and other adjustments
|
(17,869)
|
(11,014)
|
|
Claims on central banks
|
(87,228)
|
(89,299)
|
|
Exclusion of bounce back loans
|
(1,777)
|
(2,422)
|
|
UK leverage exposure
|
635,551
|
607,799
|
|
UK leverage ratio (%)
|
5.0
|
5.0
|
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Capital flow statement
The table below analyses the movement in CET1, AT1 and Tier 2
capital for the half year ended 30 June 2025.
|
|
CET1
|
AT1
|
Tier 2
|
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
At 31 December 2024
|
24,928
|
5,259
|
5,918
|
36,105
|
|
Attributable profit for the period
|
2,488
|
-
|
-
|
2,488
|
|
Share buyback
|
(750)
|
-
|
-
|
(750)
|
|
Foreseeable ordinary dividends
|
(1,244)
|
-
|
-
|
(1,244)
|
|
Foreign exchange reserve
|
(82)
|
-
|
-
|
(82)
|
|
FVOCI reserve
|
95
|
-
|
-
|
95
|
|
Own credit
|
(4)
|
-
|
-
|
(4)
|
|
Share based remuneration and shares vested under employee share
schemes
|
142
|
-
|
-
|
142
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles deduction
|
80
|
-
|
-
|
80
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
149
|
-
|
-
|
149
|
|
Prudential valuation adjustments
|
20
|
-
|
-
|
20
|
|
New issues of capital instruments
|
-
|
746
|
823
|
1,569
|
|
Redemption of capital instruments
|
-
|
-
|
(1,000)
|
(1,000)
|
|
Foreign exchange movements
|
-
|
-
|
(54)
|
(54)
|
|
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
|
(33)
|
-
|
-
|
(33)
|
|
Expected loss less impairment
|
27
|
-
|
-
|
27
|
|
Other movements
|
(17)
|
-
|
40
|
23
|
|
At 30 June 2025
|
25,799
|
6,005
|
5,727
|
37,531
|
-
For
CET1 movements refer to the key points on page 56.
-
The
AT1 movement reflects the £0.7 billion 7.500% Reset Perpetual
Subordinated Contingent Convertible Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes
issued in March 2025.
-
Tier
2 movements of £0.2 billion include a decrease of £1.0
billion due to the redemption of 3.622% Fixed to Fixed Rate Reset
Tier 2 Notes due 2030 in May 2025 and foreign exchange movements
partially offset by an increase of £0.8 billion for a
€1.0 billion 3.723% Fixed to Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 Notes
2035 issued in February 2025.
-
Within
other movements for Tier 2 capital, there was an increase as a
result of excess IRB provisions over expected losses in the
period.
Capital generation pre-distributions
|
|
30 June
|
31 December
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
£
|
£
|
|
CET1
|
25,799
|
24,928
|
|
CET1 capital pre-distributions (1)
|
27,793
|
28,920
|
|
RWAs
|
190,147
|
183,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
%
|
|
CET1 ratio - opening
|
13.61
|
13.36
|
|
CET1 pre-distributions - closing
|
14.62
|
15.78
|
|
Capital generation pre-distributions (1)
|
1.01
|
2.43
|
(1) The calculation of capital generation
pre-distributions uses CET1 capital pre-distributions.
Distributions includes ordinary dividends paid, foreseeable
ordinary dividends and share buybacks.
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Capital resources (reviewed)
NatWest Group's regulatory capital is assessed against minimum
requirements that are set out under the UK CRR to determine the
strength of its capital base. This note shows a reconciliation of
shareholders' equity to regulatory capital.
|
|
30 June
|
31 December
|
|
|
2025
|
2024
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Shareholders' equity (excluding non-controlling
interests)
|
|
|
|
Shareholders' equity
|
41,958
|
39,350
|
|
Other equity instruments
|
(6,029)
|
(5,280)
|
|
|
35,929
|
34,070
|
|
Regulatory adjustments and deductions
|
|
|
|
Own credit
|
24
|
28
|
|
Defined benefit pension fund adjustment
|
(157)
|
(147)
|
|
Cash flow hedging reserve
|
971
|
1,443
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
(935)
|
(1,084)
|
|
Prudential valuation adjustments
|
(210)
|
(230)
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets
|
(7,464)
|
(7,544)
|
|
Expected loss less impairment
|
-
|
(27)
|
|
Foreseeable ordinary dividends
|
(1,244)
|
(1,249)
|
|
Adjustment for trust assets (1)
|
(365)
|
(365)
|
|
Foreseeable charges (2)
|
(750)
|
-
|
|
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional
arrangements
|
-
|
33
|
|
|
(10,130)
|
(9,142)
|
|
CET1 capital
|
25,799
|
24,928
|
|
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital
|
|
|
|
Qualifying instruments and related share premium
|
6,005
|
5,259
|
|
AT1 capital
|
6,005
|
5,259
|
|
Tier 1 capital
|
31,804
|
30,187
|
|
Qualifying Tier 2 capital
|
|
|
|
Qualifying instruments and related share premium
|
5,687
|
5,918
|
|
Other regulatory adjustments
|
40
|
-
|
|
Tier 2 capital
|
5,727
|
5,918
|
|
Total regulatory capital
|
37,531
|
36,105
|
(1) Prudent
deduction in respect of agreement with the pension fund to
establish legal structure to remove dividend linked
contribution.
(2) For
June 2025, the foreseeable charge of £750 million relates to a
share buyback.
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Minimum requirements of own funds and eligible liabilities
(MREL)
The following table illustrates the components of MREL in NatWest
Group and operating subsidiaries.
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||||
|
|
|
Balance
|
Regulatory
|
MREL
|
|
|
Balance
|
Regulatory
|
MREL
|
|
|
Par value (1)
|
sheet value
|
value
|
Value (2)
|
|
Par value (1)
|
sheet value
|
value
|
Value (2)
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
CET1 capital (3)
|
25.8
|
25.8
|
25.8
|
25.8
|
|
24.9
|
24.9
|
24.9
|
24.9
|
|
Tier 1 capital: end-point CRR compliant AT1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which: NatWest Group plc
(holdco)
|
6.0
|
6.0
|
6.0
|
6.0
|
|
5.3
|
5.3
|
5.3
|
5.3
|
|
of which: NatWest Group plc
operating subsidiaries
(opcos)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
6.0
|
6.0
|
6.0
|
6.0
|
|
5.3
|
5.3
|
5.3
|
5.3
|
|
Tier 1 capital: end-point CRR non-compliant
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
of which:
holdco
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
of which:
opcos
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
-
|
-
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
-
|
-
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
-
|
-
|
|
Tier 2 capital: end-point CRR compliant
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
of which:
holdco
|
5.7
|
5.6
|
5.7
|
5.7
|
|
5.9
|
5.7
|
5.9
|
5.9
|
|
of which:
opcos
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
5.7
|
5.6
|
5.7
|
5.7
|
|
5.9
|
5.7
|
5.9
|
5.9
|
|
Tier 2 capital: end-point CRR non-compliant
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
of which:
holdco
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
of which:
opcos
|
0.2
|
0.3
|
-
|
-
|
|
0.2
|
0.3
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
0.2
|
0.3
|
-
|
-
|
|
0.2
|
0.3
|
-
|
-
|
|
Senior unsecured debt
securities
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
of which:
holdco
|
25.3
|
25.2
|
-
|
24.2
|
|
24.4
|
24.0
|
-
|
24.4
|
|
of which:
opcos
|
36.9
|
36.9
|
-
|
-
|
|
33.7
|
33.6
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
62.2
|
62.1
|
-
|
24.2
|
|
58.1
|
57.6
|
-
|
24.4
|
|
Tier 2 capital
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Other regulatory
adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Total
|
100.0
|
99.9
|
37.5
|
61.7
|
|
94.5
|
93.9
|
36.1
|
60.5
|
|
RWAs
|
|
190.1
|
|
183.2
|
|||||
|
UK leverage exposure
|
|
635.6
|
|
607.8
|
|||||
|
MREL as a ratio of RWAs
|
|
32.4%
|
|
33.0%
|
|||||
|
MREL as a ratio of UK leverage exposure
|
|
9.7%
|
|
9.9%
|
|||||
|
(1)
|
Par
value reflects the nominal value of securities issued.
|
|
(2)
|
MREL
value reflects NatWest Group's interpretation of the Bank of
England's approach to setting a MREL, published in December 2021
(Updating June 2018). Liabilities excluded from MREL include
instruments with less than one year remaining to maturity,
structured debt, operating company senior debt, and other
instruments that do not meet the MREL criteria. The MREL
calculation includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 securities before the
application of any regulatory caps or adjustments.
|
|
(3)
|
Shareholders'
equity was £42 billion (2024 - £39.4
billion).
|
|
|
|
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Minimum requirements of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)
continued
The following table illustrates the components of the stock of
outstanding issuance in NatWest Group plc and its operating
subsidiaries including external and internal
issuances.
|
|
|
|
NatWest
|
|
|
|
NatWest
|
NWM
|
RBS
|
|
|
NatWest
|
Holdings
|
NWB
|
RBS
|
NWM
|
Markets
|
Securities
|
International
|
|
|
|
Group plc
|
Limited
|
Plc
|
plc
|
Plc
|
N.V.
|
Inc. (6)
|
Limited (7)
|
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
|
Additional Tier 1
|
Externally issued
|
6.0
|
-
|
0.1
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
Additional Tier 1
|
Internally issued
|
-
|
4.4
|
3.8
|
0.5
|
2.1
|
0.2
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
4.4
|
3.9
|
0.5
|
2.1
|
0.2
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
Tier 2
|
Externally issued
|
5.6
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
0.2
|
-
|
-
|
|
Tier 2
|
Internally issued
|
-
|
4.9
|
4.1
|
0.5
|
1.0
|
0.1
|
0.3
|
-
|
|
|
5.6
|
4.9
|
4.1
|
0.5
|
1.0
|
0.3
|
0.3
|
-
|
|
|
Senior unsecured
|
Externally issued
|
25.2
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
Senior unsecured
|
Internally issued
|
-
|
13.0
|
7.3
|
1.0
|
4.6
|
-
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
|
25.2
|
13.0
|
7.3
|
1.0
|
4.6
|
-
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
|
Total outstanding issuance
|
36.8
|
22.3
|
15.3
|
2.0
|
7.7
|
0.5
|
0.3
|
0.6
|
|
(1) For
AT1 and Tier 2, the balances are the IFRS balance sheet carrying
amounts, which may differ from the amount which the instrument
contributes to regulatory capital. Regulatory balances exclude, for
example, issuance costs and fair value movements, while dated
capital is required to be amortised on a straight-line basis over
the final five years of maturity.
(2) Balance
sheet amounts reported for AT1 and Tier 2 instruments are before
grandfathering restrictions imposed by CRR.
(3) Internal issuance for NWB Plc and RBS
plc represents AT1, Tier 2 or Senior unsecured issuance to NWH Ltd
and for NWM N.V. and NWM SI to NWM Plc.
(4) The balances are the IFRS balance sheet
carrying amounts for Senior unsecured debt category and it does not
include CP, CD and short term/medium notes issued from NatWest
Group operating subsidiaries.
(5) The above table does not include CET1
balance.
(6) NWM Securities Inc is regulated under
US broker dealer rules.
(7) RBSI Ltd - the Resolution Regime is
under development in Jersey.
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Risk-weighted assets
The table below analyses the movement in RWAs during the period, by
key drivers.
|
|
|
Counterparty
|
|
Operational
|
|
|
|
Credit risk
|
credit risk
|
Market risk
|
risk
|
Total
|
|
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
At 31 December 2024
|
148.1
|
7.1
|
6.2
|
21.8
|
183.2
|
|
Foreign exchange movement
|
(0.7)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(0.7)
|
|
Business movement
|
2.2
|
0.3
|
(0.4)
|
2.2
|
4.3
|
|
Risk parameter changes
|
(0.5)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(0.5)
|
|
Model updates
|
2.0
|
0.2
|
-
|
-
|
2.2
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals
|
1.6
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1.6
|
|
At 30 June 2025
|
152.7
|
7.6
|
5.8
|
24.0
|
190.1
|
The table below analyses segmental RWAs.
|
|
|
Private Banking
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Retail
|
& Wealth
|
Commercial
|
Central items
|
NatWest
|
|
|
Banking
|
Management
|
& Institutional
|
& other
|
Group
|
|
Total RWAs
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
|
At 31 December 2024
|
65.5
|
11.0
|
104.7
|
2.0
|
183.2
|
|
Foreign exchange movement
|
-
|
-
|
(0.7)
|
-
|
(0.7)
|
|
Business movement
|
1.5
|
0.5
|
2.9
|
(0.6)
|
4.3
|
|
Risk parameter changes
|
0.1
|
-
|
(0.6)
|
-
|
(0.5)
|
|
Model updates
|
0.7
|
-
|
1.5
|
-
|
2.2
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals
|
1.6
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1.6
|
|
At 30 June 2025
|
69.4
|
11.5
|
107.8
|
1.4
|
190.1
|
|
Credit risk
|
60.2
|
9.9
|
81.4
|
1.2
|
152.7
|
|
Counterparty credit risk
|
0.3
|
-
|
7.3
|
-
|
7.6
|
|
Market risk
|
0.2
|
-
|
5.6
|
-
|
5.8
|
|
Operational risk
|
8.7
|
1.6
|
13.5
|
0.2
|
24.0
|
|
Total RWAs
|
69.4
|
11.5
|
107.8
|
1.4
|
190.1
|
|
|
|||||
Total RWAs increased by £6.9 billion to £190.1 billion
during the period mainly reflecting:
-
A
reduction in risk-weighted assets from foreign exchange movement of
£0.7 billion due to sterling appreciation versus the US dollar
and depreciation versus the Euro.
-
An
increase in business movements totalling £4.3 billion, driven
by the annual recalculation of operational risk, an increase in
credit risk due to lending growth partially offset by reductions
due to active RWA management. A decrease in market risk was
partially offset by an increase in counterparty credit
risk.
-
A
reduction in risk parameters of £0.5 billion primarily driven
by movements in risk metrics within Commercial & Institutional
and Retail Banking.
-
An
increase in model updates of £2.2 billion, driven by CRD IV
model updates within Commercial & Institutional and Retail
Banking.
-
An
increase in acquisitions and disposals of £1.6 billion driven
by balances acquired from Sainsbury's Bank.
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Funding sources (reviewed)
The table below shows the carrying values of the principal funding
sources based on contractual maturity. Balance sheet captions
include balances held at all classifications under IFRS
9.
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||
|
|
Short-term
|
Long-term
|
|
|
Short-term
|
Long-term
|
|
|
|
less than
|
more than
|
|
|
less than
|
more than
|
|
|
|
1 year
|
1 year
|
Total
|
|
1 year
|
1 year
|
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Bank deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Repos
|
17,996
|
-
|
17,996
|
|
11,967
|
-
|
11,967
|
|
Other bank
deposits (1)
|
10,495
|
9,657
|
20,152
|
|
9,708
|
9,777
|
19,485
|
|
|
28,491
|
9,657
|
38,148
|
|
21,675
|
9,777
|
31,452
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repos
|
988
|
-
|
988
|
|
1,363
|
-
|
1,363
|
|
Non-bank financial
institutions
|
53,457
|
10
|
53,467
|
|
48,761
|
241
|
49,002
|
|
Personal
|
231,226
|
2,991
|
234,217
|
|
231,483
|
2,451
|
233,934
|
|
Corporate
|
148,038
|
46
|
148,084
|
|
149,086
|
105
|
149,191
|
|
|
433,709
|
3,047
|
436,756
|
|
430,693
|
2,797
|
433,490
|
|
Trading liabilities (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repos (3)
|
33,014
|
897
|
33,911
|
|
29,752
|
810
|
30,562
|
|
Derivative
collateral
|
11,597
|
-
|
11,597
|
|
12,509
|
-
|
12,509
|
|
Other bank customer
deposits
|
591
|
280
|
871
|
|
627
|
268
|
895
|
|
Debt securities in issue - Medium
term notes
|
9
|
242
|
251
|
|
20
|
237
|
257
|
|
|
45,211
|
1,419
|
46,630
|
|
42,908
|
1,315
|
44,223
|
|
Other financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer
deposits
|
854
|
1,129
|
1,983
|
|
471
|
1,341
|
1,812
|
|
Debt securities in
issue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial paper and certificates
of deposit
|
11,093
|
298
|
11,391
|
|
10,889
|
377
|
11,266
|
|
Medium term
notes
|
13,401
|
37,153
|
50,554
|
|
11,118
|
34,967
|
46,085
|
|
Covered bonds
|
-
|
749
|
749
|
|
-
|
749
|
749
|
|
Securitisation
|
-
|
1,263
|
1,263
|
|
295
|
880
|
1,175
|
|
|
25,348
|
40,592
|
65,940
|
|
22,773
|
38,314
|
61,087
|
|
Subordinated liabilities
|
48
|
5,958
|
6,006
|
|
1,051
|
5,085
|
6,136
|
|
Total funding
|
532,807
|
60,673
|
593,480
|
|
519,100
|
57,288
|
576,388
|
|
Of which:
available in resolution (4)
|
|
|
29,778
|
|
|
|
29,742
|
(1) Includes
£12.0 billion (31 December 2024 - £12.0 billion) relating
to Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for small and
medium-sized enterprises (SME) participation.
(2) Excludes short positions of
£12.2 billion (31 December 2024 - £10.5
billion).
(3) Comprises central &
other bank repos of £9.6 billion (31 December 2024 - £7.2
billion), other financial institution repos of £20.8 billion
(31 December 2024 - £20.4 billion) and other corporate repos
of £3.5 billion (31 December 2024 - £3.0
billion).
(4) Eligible
liabilities (as defined in the Banking Act 2009 as amended from
time to time) that meet the eligibility criteria set out in the
regulations, rules, policies, guidelines, or statements of the Bank
of England including the Statement of Policy published by the Bank
of England in December 2021 (updating June 2018). The balance
consists of £24.2 billion (31 December 2024 - £24.0
billion) under debt securities in issue (senior MREL) and £5.6
billion (31 December 2024 - £5.7 billion) under subordinated
liabilities.
Risk and capital management continued
Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued
Liquidity portfolio (reviewed)
The table below shows the composition of the liquidity portfolio
with primary liquidity aligned to high-quality liquid assets on a
regulatory LCR basis. Secondary liquidity comprises of assets which
are eligible as collateral for local central bank liquidity
facilities and do not form part of the LCR eligible high-quality
liquid assets. High-quality liquid assets cover both Pillar 1 and
Pillar 2 risks.
|
|
Liquidity value
|
||||||
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||
|
|
NatWest
|
NWH
|
UK DoL
|
|
NatWest
|
NWH
|
UK DoL
|
|
|
Group (1)
|
Group (2)
|
Sub
|
|
Group (1)
|
Group (2)
|
Sub
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
86,589
|
55,027
|
54,353
|
|
88,617
|
58,313
|
57,523
|
|
High-quality government/MDB/PSE and GSE bonds (3)
|
61,527
|
44,580
|
44,580
|
|
58,818
|
43,275
|
43,275
|
|
Extremely high quality covered bonds
|
4,494
|
4,494
|
4,494
|
|
4,341
|
4,340
|
4,340
|
|
LCR level 1 assets
|
152,610
|
104,101
|
103,427
|
|
151,776
|
105,928
|
105,138
|
|
LCR level 2 Eligible Assets (4)
|
7,985
|
6,880
|
6,880
|
|
9,271
|
7,957
|
7,957
|
|
Primary liquidity (HQLA) (5)
|
160,595
|
110,981
|
110,307
|
|
161,047
|
113,885
|
113,095
|
|
Secondary liquidity
|
55,997
|
55,969
|
55,969
|
|
61,230
|
61,200
|
61,200
|
|
Total liquidity value
|
216,592
|
166,950
|
166,276
|
|
222,277
|
175,085
|
174,295
|
(1) NatWest Group includes the UK Domestic
Liquidity Sub-Group (UK DoLSub), NatWest Markets Plc and other
significant operating subsidiaries that hold liquidity portfolios.
These include The RBSI Ltd and NWM N.V. who hold managed portfolios
that comply with local regulations that may differ from PRA
rules.
(2) NWH Group comprises UK DoLSub and
NatWest Bank Europe GmbH who hold managed portfolios that comply
with local regulations that may differ from PRA rules.
(3) Multilateral
development bank abbreviated to MDB, public sector entities
abbreviated to PSE and government sponsored entities abbreviated to
GSE.
(4) Includes Level 2A and Level
2B.
(5) High-quality liquid assets abbreviated
to HQLA.
Risk and capital management continued
Non-traded market risk
Non-traded market risk is the risk to the value of assets or
liabilities outside the trading book, or the risk to income, that
arises from changes in market prices such as interest rates,
foreign exchange rates and equity prices, or from changes in
managed rates.
Key developments
-
In the UK, the base
rate reduced from 4.75% at 31 December 2024 to 4.25% at 30 June
2025.
-
At 30 June 2025,
longer-term interest rates continued to reflect expectations of
future cuts to the UK base rate. The five-year sterling swap rate
decreased to 3.65% at the end of June 2025 from 4.05% at the end of
December 2024. The ten-year sterling swap rate also decreased, to
3.98% from 4.07% over the same period.
-
The structural
hedge notional decreased by £1 billion to £193 billion
from £194 billion, reflecting relatively stable deposits in
the first half of the year.
-
The one-year positive sensitivity of net interest
earnings to an upward 25-basis-point parallel shift in all yield
curves reduced slightly, to £158 million at 30 June 2025 from
£162 million at 31 December 2024. The adverse sensitivity to a
downward 25-basis-point parallel shift was also broadly stable at
£176 million at 30 June 2025 compared to £183 million at
31 December 2024.
-
Sterling strengthened against the US dollar and
weakened against the euro over the period. Against the dollar,
sterling was 1.37 at 30 June 2025 compared to 1.25 at 31 December
2024. Against the euro, it was 1.17 at 30 June 2025 compared to
1.20 at 31 December 2024. Structural foreign currency exposures
(excluding Additional Tier 1 economic hedges) of
£2.3 billion at 30 June 2025, in sterling-equivalent nominal
terms, were stable compared to 31 December
2024.
Non-traded internal VaR (1-day 99%) (reviewed)
The following table shows one-day internal banking book
Value-at-Risk (VaR) at a 99% confidence level, split by risk
type.
|
|
Half year ended
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
30 June 2024
|
|
31 December 2024
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Average
|
Maximum
|
Minimum
|
end
|
|
Average
|
Maximum
|
Minimum
|
end
|
|
Average
|
Maximum
|
Minimum
|
end
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Interest rate
|
4.7
|
6.3
|
2.7
|
2.8
|
|
24.1
|
28.2
|
17.6
|
17.6
|
|
10.3
|
17.4
|
4.0
|
4.0
|
|
Credit spread
|
49.1
|
53.8
|
41.4
|
48.8
|
|
55.6
|
60.2
|
50.7
|
50.7
|
|
48.0
|
50.0
|
45.3
|
48.4
|
|
Structural foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exchange rate
|
6.4
|
7.1
|
6.0
|
7.1
|
|
9.2
|
12.3
|
7.1
|
12.3
|
|
6.7
|
8.0
|
5.1
|
6.3
|
|
Equity
|
7.1
|
7.8
|
6.1
|
7.8
|
|
9.3
|
10.3
|
8.2
|
8.2
|
|
7.8
|
8.1
|
7.6
|
7.7
|
|
Pipeline risk (1)
|
3.8
|
5.9
|
0.6
|
3.1
|
|
5.9
|
12.7
|
3.4
|
12.7
|
|
11.2
|
17.3
|
5.3
|
6.1
|
|
Diversification (2)
|
(21.8)
|
|
|
(19.2)
|
|
(41.1)
|
|
|
(39.7)
|
|
(29.7)
|
|
|
(23.4)
|
|
Total
|
49.3
|
51.8
|
42.6
|
50.4
|
|
63.0
|
73.8
|
52.9
|
61.8
|
|
54.3
|
57.8
|
49.1
|
49.1
|
(1) Pipeline risk is the risk
of loss arising from Personal customers owning an option to draw
down a loan - typically a mortgage - at a committed rate, where
interest rate changes may result in greater or fewer customers than
anticipated taking up the committed offer.
(2) NatWest Group benefits from
diversification across various financial instrument types,
currencies and markets. The extent of the diversification benefit
depends on the correlation between the assets and risk factors in
the portfolio at a particular time. The diversification factor is
the sum of the VaR on individual risk types less the total
portfolio VaR.
-
Total
non-traded VaR increased slightly after April 2025 due to global
tariff-related volatility. However, on an average basis, it was
overall lower in H1 2025 than in 2024.
-
Average
interest rate VaR decreased in H1 2025, reflecting action taken to
manage down interest rate repricing mismatches across customer
products.
-
Average
pipeline VaR also decreased. This reflected changes in the
assumptions applied to customer behaviour through the fixed-rate
mortgage application process, which more closely aligned NatWest
Group's estimates of future customer completions to pipeline
hedging activity.
Risk and capital management continued
Non-traded market risk continued
Structural hedging
NatWest Group has a significant pool of stable, non and low
interest-bearing liabilities, principally comprising current
accounts and instant access savings, as well as its equity and
reserves. A proportion of these balances are hedged, either by
investing directly in longer-term fixed-rate assets (such as
fixed-rate mortgages) or by using interest rate swaps, which are
generally booked as cash flow hedges of floating-rate assets, in
order to provide a consistent and predictable revenue
stream.
After hedging the net interest rate exposure, NatWest Group
allocates income to equity or products in structural hedges by
reference to the relevant interest rate swap curve. Over time, this
approach has provided a basis for stable income attribution for
management purposes, to products and interest rate returns. The
programme aims to track a time series of medium-term swap rates,
but the yield will be affected by changes in NatWest Group's equity
capital.
The table below shows hedge income, total yield, incremental income
and the period-end and average notional balances allocated to
equity and products in respect of the structural hedges managed by
NatWest Group. Hedge income represents the fixed leg of the hedge.
Incremental income represents the difference between hedge income
and short-term cash rates. For example, the sterling overnight
index average (SONIA) is used to estimate incremental income from
sterling structural hedges.
|
|
Half year ended
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
30 June 2024
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental
|
Hedge
|
-end
|
Average
|
Total
|
|
Incremental
|
Hedge
|
-end
|
Average
|
Total
|
|
Incremental
|
Hedge
|
-end
|
Average
|
Total
|
|
|
income
|
income
|
notional
|
notional
|
yield
|
|
income
|
income
|
notional
|
notional
|
yield
|
|
income
|
income
|
notional
|
notional
|
yield
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
%
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
%
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
%
|
|
Equity
|
(262)
|
216
|
22
|
22
|
2.01
|
|
(364)
|
218
|
22
|
22
|
1.95
|
|
(330)
|
222
|
22
|
22
|
1.99
|
|
Product
|
(1,831)
|
1,900
|
172
|
171
|
2.24
|
|
(3,184)
|
1,392
|
175
|
176
|
1.58
|
|
(2,622)
|
1,647
|
172
|
172
|
1.90
|
|
Total
|
(2,093)
|
2,116
|
194
|
193
|
2.21
|
|
(3,548)
|
1,610
|
197
|
198
|
1.62
|
|
(2,952)
|
1,869
|
194
|
194
|
1.91
|
Equity structural hedges refer to income allocated primarily to
equity and reserves. At 30 June 2025, the equity structural hedge
notional was allocated between NWH Group and NWM Group in a ratio
of approximately 79%/21% respectively.
Product structural hedges refer to income allocated to customer
products, mainly current accounts and customer deposits in
Commercial & Institutional, Retail Banking and Private Banking
& Wealth Management.
At 30 June 2025, approximately 95% by notional of total structural
hedges were sterling-denominated.
Risk and capital management continued
Non-traded market risk continued
Sensitivity of net interest earnings
Net interest earnings are sensitive to changes in the level of
interest rates, mainly because maturing structural hedges are
replaced at higher or lower rates and changes to coupons on
managed-margin products do not always match changes in market rates
of interest or central bank policy rates.
Earnings sensitivity is derived from a market-implied forward rate
curve, which will incorporate expected changes in central bank
policy rates such as the Bank of England base rate. A simple
scenario is shown that projects forward earnings based on the 30
June 2025 balance sheet, which is assumed to remain constant. An
earnings projection is derived from the market-implied curve, which
is then subject to interest rate shocks. The difference between the
market-implied projection and the shock gives an indication
of underlying sensitivity to interest rate
movements.
Reported sensitivities should not be considered a forecast of
future performance in these rate scenarios. Actions that could
reduce interest earnings sensitivity include changes in pricing
strategies on customer loans and deposits as well as hedging.
Management action may also be taken to stabilise total income also
taking into account non-interest income.
The table below shows the sensitivity of net interest earnings -
for both structural hedges and managed-margin products - on a one,
two and three-year forward-looking basis to an upward or downward
interest rate shift of 25 basis points.
|
|
+25 basis points upward shift
|
|
-25 basis points downward shift
|
||||
|
|
Year 1
|
Year 2
|
Year 3
|
|
Year 1
|
Year 2
|
Year 3
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Structural hedges
|
40
|
125
|
213
|
|
(40)
|
(125)
|
(213)
|
|
Managed margin
|
118
|
101
|
116
|
|
(136)
|
(97)
|
(98)
|
|
Total
|
158
|
226
|
329
|
|
(176)
|
(222)
|
(311)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Structural hedges
|
41
|
125
|
212
|
|
(41)
|
(125)
|
(212)
|
|
Managed margin
|
121
|
116
|
124
|
|
(142)
|
(120)
|
(125)
|
|
Total
|
162
|
241
|
336
|
|
(183)
|
(245)
|
(337)
|
|
(1)
|
Earnings
sensitivity considers only the main drivers, namely structural
hedging and managed margin products.
|
The following table presents the one-year sensitivity to upward and
downward 25-basis-point and 100-basis-point shifts in the yield
curve, analysed by currency.
|
|
Shifts in yield curve
|
||||||||
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
31 December 2024
|
||||||
|
|
+25 basis
|
-25 basis
|
+100 basis
|
-100 basis
|
|
+25 basis
|
-25 basis
|
+100 basis
|
-100 basis
|
|
|
points
|
points
|
points
|
points
|
|
points
|
points
|
points
|
points
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Euro
|
14
|
(12)
|
56
|
(53)
|
|
11
|
(7)
|
38
|
(43)
|
|
Sterling
|
130
|
(149)
|
501
|
(615)
|
|
131
|
(155)
|
531
|
(646)
|
|
US dollar
|
12
|
(12)
|
46
|
(51)
|
|
15
|
(16)
|
63
|
(71)
|
|
Other
|
2
|
(3)
|
11
|
(9)
|
|
5
|
(5)
|
19
|
(17)
|
|
Total
|
158
|
(176)
|
614
|
(728)
|
|
162
|
(183)
|
651
|
(777)
|
Risk and capital management continued
Non-traded market risk continued
Foreign exchange risk (reviewed)
The table below shows structural foreign currency
exposures.
|
|
|
|
Structural foreign
|
|
Residual
|
|
|
Net investments in
|
Net investment
|
currency exposures
|
Economic
|
structural foreign
|
|
|
foreign operations
|
hedges
|
pre-economic hedges
|
hedges (1)
|
currency exposures
|
|
30 June 2025
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
US dollar
|
1,716
|
(401)
|
1,315
|
(1,315)
|
-
|
|
Euro
|
4,321
|
(2,515)
|
1,806
|
-
|
1,806
|
|
Other non-sterling
|
867
|
(375)
|
492
|
-
|
492
|
|
Total
|
6,904
|
(3,291)
|
3,613
|
(1,315)
|
2,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 December 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US dollar
|
1,826
|
(598)
|
1,228
|
(1,228)
|
-
|
|
Euro
|
4,162
|
(2,351)
|
1,811
|
-
|
1,811
|
|
Other non-sterling
|
874
|
(372)
|
502
|
-
|
502
|
|
Total
|
6,862
|
(3,321)
|
3,541
|
(1,228)
|
2,313
|
(1) Economic hedges
of US dollar net investments in foreign operations represent US
dollar equity securities that do not qualify as net investment
hedges for accounting purposes. They provide an offset to
structural foreign exchange exposures to the extent that there are
net assets in overseas operations available.
-
Changes
in foreign currency exchange rates affect equity in proportion to
structural foreign currency exposure. For example, a 5%
strengthening or weakening in foreign currencies against sterling
would result in a gain or loss of £0.2 billion in equity,
respectively.
Risk and capital management continued
Traded market risk
Traded market risk is the risk arising from changes in fair value
on positions, assets, liabilities or commitments in trading
portfolios as a result of fluctuations in market
prices.
Traded VaR (1-day 99%) (reviewed)
The table below shows one-day internal value-at-risk (VaR) for
NatWest Group's trading portfolios, split by exposure
type.
|
|
Half year ended
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
30 June 2025
|
|
30 June 2024
|
|
31 December 2024
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Average
|
Maximum
|
Minimum
|
end
|
|
Average
|
Maximum
|
Minimum
|
end
|
|
Average
|
Maximum
|
Minimum
|
end
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Interest rate
|
3.6
|
5.4
|
2.2
|
4.1
|
|
6.7
|
12.0
|
3.6
|
6.6
|
|
6.5
|
12.1
|
3.0
|
3.8
|
|
Credit spread
|
5.3
|
7.2
|
4.0
|
4.6
|
|
8.1
|
10.1
|
6.7
|
7.6
|
|
7.3
|
9.6
|
5.6
|
5.6
|
|
Currency
|
1.5
|
4.0
|
-
|
0.8
|
|
2.1
|
6.7
|
0.8
|
1.9
|
|
1.9
|
5.8
|
0.5
|
1.3
|
|
Equity
|
-
|
0.1
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
|
0.1
|
0.3
|
-
|
-
|
|
Diversification (1)
|
(3.9)
|
|
|
(4.0)
|
|
(6.8)
|
|
|
(5.5)
|
|
(5.8)
|
|
(5.4)
|
|
|
Total
|
6.5
|
9.7
|
4.3
|
5.6
|
|
10.2
|
16.2
|
7.0
|
10.7
|
|
10.0
|
16.1
|
5.3
|
5.3
|
(1) NatWest Group benefits from
diversification across various financial instrument types,
currencies and markets. The extent of the diversification benefit
depends on the correlation between the assets and risk factors in
the portfolio at a particular time. The diversification factor is
the sum of the VaR on individual risk types less the total
portfolio VaR.
-
Both
interest rate VaR and credit spread VaR decreased on an average
basis.
-
This
reflects the period of higher market volatility in H2 2022 rolling
out of the VaR calculation window.
Pension risk
On 12 June 2025, the Trustee of the Main section of the NatWest
Group Pension Fund entered into a buy-in transaction with a
third-party insurer for some of its liabilities. This is an
insurance policy that gives the Fund protection against demographic
and investment risks, so improves the security of member benefits.
The transaction did not affect the 2025 statement of comprehensive
income because the net pension asset was limited to zero due to the
impact of the asset ceiling.
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
NatWest Group plc
(Registrant)
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
25 July
2025
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Mark Stevens
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Mark
Stevens
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Assistant
Secretary
|
|
Natwest Group Plc